Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Antenna
System
Catalog 2021
Together, we create
the mobile networks of
the future and are the
partner of choice
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 2
Network Performance
• Industry leading antenna quality & electrical performance excellence
• Optimal pairing of radios to antennas resulting in a better performing site solution
• State-of-the-art 5G active/passive antenna integrated solutions, enabling capacity
extension through 4T4R in mid bands
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2
• 378mm width form factor • 448mm width form factor • 488mm width form factor
• Footprint driven platform • Integration density driven platform • Gain driven platform
• Ultra-slim series that optimizes site space • High integrated antenna achieving • State-of-the-art multi-band antenna
while still achieving best-in-class multiband excellent radio performance performance with integrated 4G/5G MIMO
antenna performance • Supports integration with 5G massive • Optimized RAN macro sector in
MIMO combination with 5G massive MIMO
• Hybrid AIR
• Active/Passive Hybrid
Sites Today • Dense Urban
Easy as 1, 2, 3Cs
Coverage
Maybe your customer enjoys scrolling through social media in the park near their suburban home. Maybe they took
that off-road shortcut and need to call their nearest neighbor to help rescue their car.If you need to cast the widest
net possible to keep all kinds of users connected, then you need a gain focused Coverage product . For Suburban to
rural deployment, reaching across those areas where you might expect to see a little less traffic.
Compact
When you need to deliver robust connectivity in a small space, size really matters. Compact sites can range from
factory floors to underground mines, offices to airports – from dense urban and wind load optimized suburban to
rural scenarios. They’re perfect for private networks and could be either very simple or designed to meet complex
and TCO driven requirements. You wouldn’t even know they are there, and that’s the point!
Capacity
High-performers meeting a variety of needs, dense urban and rooftop scenarios are no match for these
heavyweights. They can juggle everyone’s requirements, from commuters streaming on the move to evolving use
cases like connected and driverless vehicles. If you need robust products that can handle heavy loads, including site
sharing, without crumbling under the pressure, you need a Capacity product.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 7
Present Future
• Site sharing with two or more operators • Site- and antenna sharing (active and passive) for two or
• The sunset of 3G – re-farming to LTE more operators
• Adding 5G standalone TDD equipment in 3,5 GHz • Leveraging all MIMO modes in legacy systems
• Adding 700MHz for 5G applications • Interleaved FDD/TDD solutions supporting 8TRx up to
• Upgrade to 4x4 MIMO or 4-way diversity 64TRx mMIMO
• Multi-broadband radios • 12- to >20 port complex antennas
• 2G, 4G and 5G in one antenna solution • Significant PIM challenges on such sophisticated
• 8- to 16-port antennas preferred to leverage above features integrated solutions
• Increased PIM challenges due to higher complexity • Neutral host concepts for tower companies, solving
• More EMF defiance's space, weight- and EMF-issues, reducing operator OpEx
• Additional space constrains and wind load / weight issues • Ensuring space for additional 5.5G / 6G equipment (e.g.,
mmWaves and >7 GHz solutions and 600 MHz etc.)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 8
• Urban or suburban capacity sites with M-MIMO • Urban or suburban sites where M-MIMO is not
needs always needed – build with precision
Use Case
• Supports ‘antenna installation first, M-MIMO • Reduce site energy consumption with Radio for
later’ concept mid-band
• Increases spectral efficiency on sites, as one • Interleaved antenna low band gain.
multi-band antenna with 4TRx replaces multiple
Gains legacy antennas • Energy efficiency gains where M-MIMO is not
necessary
Pre-assembly options for easy mounting Add mid band within existing site lease New solutions support Ericsson Many Core
contracts Architecture and Uplink Booster
capabilities
Single-Band 1LB
nLB
nLB
Configurations 2LB
1MB
nMB
nMB 2MB
4MB
1LB | 1MB
1LB nMB
Multi-Band 1LB nMB
1LB | 2MB
Configurations 1LB | 3MB
1LB | 4MB
2LB | 1MB
2LB | 2MB
2LB nMB
2LB | 3MB
2LB nMB 2LB | 4MB
2LB | 5MB
2LB | 6MB
3LB nMB
3LB nMB 3LB | 5MB
TDD
nMB
nMB 4MB
Configurations 1LB nMB
2LB | 7MB
2LB nMB
2LB | 8MB
2LB nMB 2LB | 10MB
2LB | 12MB
Dual-Beam
Dual-Beam nMB
2MB
Configurations 4MB
Configurations Omni
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 10
According to AISG, the frequencies shall be marked like shown in the following table.
The upper edge of the frequency range is used to select the colour code.
In line with this, we have invented a system in order to better illustrate the physical design of our antennas.
Based on the AISG colour coding, every antenna system is displayed corresponding to its frequency range. Each
system is additionally marked by its colour code abbreviation as well as an identification number
(e.g. “R1” for the first lowband system) called “Array ID”. For multi-array antennas, also the position marking is
indicated as stipulated by AISG (“left” / “right” / “center”).
The respective symbols are displayed on each type index of panel antennas in the catalogue.
In case an ultra-broadband dipole array is used for two or three independent system, internal filters can be used
in order to divide the bands. Those filters are illustrated by the following symbols:
Y1
R1 R1
Y1 Y2 Y1
Left Right R1
B1 G1
R1
R1 Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 12
Single-Band or
one column Y1
B1
R2
or
one column B1
Single-Band Y2 Y4
more columns R1 R2 R1 R2 Y1 Y2
Y1 Y2
Y1 Y3
Y2 Y4
more columns R1 R2 R1 R2 Y1 Y2 Y1 Y3
Multi-Band Y2 Y2
Multi-Band
Y1 Y1 Y1 R1
Y2 Y2
Multi-Band Y2 Y4 Y2 Y4
Y2 Y4 Y2 Y4
Multi-Band Y2 Y4 Y6 Y8 Y2 Y4 Y6 Y8 Y2 Y5 Y2 Y5 Y2 Y6
Multi-Band
R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2
Y2 Y4 Y6 Y8 Y2 Y4 Y6 Y8 Y2 Y5 Y2 Y5 Y2 Y6
Multi-Band R1
R1
Y2 Y3 Y4
R1
R1
Y2 Y3 Y4 P1 Y3 P1 Y3 Y3
with TDD Y1 P1 Y1 P1 Y1 Y2
or Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2
or Y1 Y2 Y1 P1 Y2
R1
Y2 Y3 Y4 R1
Y2 Y3 Y4 P1 Y3 P1 Y3 Y3
with TDD Y1 P1 Y1 P1 Y1 Y2
or Y1 Y2 Y1 Y2
or Y1 Y2 Y1 P1 Y2
Multi-Band
R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1
R1 Y2 Y3 R1 R1 Y2 Y3 R1 R1
Y2 Y3 R1
Y5 R1
Y2 Y3 Y4 R1
Y6
with TDD Y1
R1
P1 Y4
R2
Y1
R1
P1
R2
Y4 Y1
R1
P1 Y4
R2
Y1
R1
P1
R2
Y5
Multi-Band
Left CL CR Right Left CL CR Right Left CL CR Right Left CL CR Right
R1 Y2 Y3 R1 R1 Y2 Y3 R1 R1
Y2 Y3 R1
Y5 R1
Y2 Y3 Y4 R1
Y6
with TDD R1
Y1
Left CL
P1
CR
Y4
R2
Right
Y1
R1
Left CL
P1
CR
Y4
R2
Right
Y1
R1
Left CL
P1
CR
Y4
R2
Right
Y1
R1
Left CL
P1
CR
Y5
R2
Right
Single-Band
one column
Single-Band
P1 P2 P1 P2 P3 P4
more columns
25yy 26yy
Left Right Left CL CR Right
Y2 Y2
R1
R1
Y2 Y4
R1
R1
Y2 Y4 Multi-Band
Y1
R1
Y2 Y1
R1
Y3
R1
Y1 Y3
R1
Y1 Y3 Y1
R1
Y3
1LB column nMB
35yy 36yy 37yy 38yy 39yy
Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right
Y2 Y4 Y6 Y2 Y4 Y6 Multi-Band
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y1 Y3 Y5 Y1 Y3 Y5 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 2LB columns nMB
45yy 46yy 47yy 48yy 49yy
R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2
Left Center Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Left CL CR Right Left CL CR Right
Y2 Y6
R1
R1
Y2 Y3 Y4
R1
R1
Y1 Y2
R1
R1
Y3 Multi-Band
Y1
R1
Y3 Y4 Y5
R2
Y1
R1
Y5
R1
Y4
R2
2LB columns nMB
55yy 56yy 57yy
Left CL CR Right Left CenterR ight Left Center Right
Y3 Y2 Y5 Y4 Y2 P1 Y4 Y2 Y5 Y4 Y2 P1 Y4
Y2 Y5 Y4 Y2 Y5 Y4 Multi-Band
Y1 P1 Y2 Y1 Y3
or Y1 Y3 Y1 Y3
or Y1 Y3 Y1
P2P3
P1 Y3 Y1
P2P3
P1 Y3 with TDD
65yy 66yy 67yy 68yy 69yy
R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2
Left Bottom Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Left Center Right Left Bottom Right Left Bottom Right
Multi-Band
with TDD
N.N.
Special
Configurations
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 14
Y1 Y2
R1 Left Right
B1 B2
R1 Left Right
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
B1 Left CL CR Right
Y1 Y3
Y1 Left Right
B1 P1 P2
R1 Left Right
R1 R2 P1 P2 P3 P4
Left Right Left CL CR Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 15
Y1 Y2
Y1
R1
R1 Left Right
2x
B2
1x
B1 G1
B1
R1
R1 Left Right
Y2 Y3
Y1 Y1 R1 Y2
R1 Left Center Right
R1
Y2 Y4
B2
Y1 Y3
B1 R1
R1 Left Right
Y1 Y2
R1 Y1 R1 Y3
Left Right Left Center Right
Y1 R1 Y2 Y2 R1 Y3
Left Center Right Left Center Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 16
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3 Y1 G1 Y2
R1 R1 R2
Left Right Left Center Right
1x R1
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3 Y1 Y2 Y3
R1 R1 R2
Left Right Left Center Right
Y2 Y4 Y6
Y1 Y3 Y5
R1 R2
Left Center Right
2x Y2 Y4 2x
Y1 Y3
B1 B2 B1 Y2 Y3 B2
R1 R2 R1 R2
Left Right Left CL CR Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 17
R1
R1 2x
Y2 Y3 Y4 Y2 Y3
Y1 Y5 B1 P1 B2
R1 R1 R2
Left Center Right Left Bottom Right
R1 R1
R1
Y1 Y2 R1
Y3
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
Y4
R1 R2
Left Center Right
R1
R1
Y2 Y3 Y4
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6
Y1 P1
R1
Left Center Right
Y2 Y4
P1 P2 P3 P4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
Y2 Y5 Y4
P2 P3
Y1 P1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Bottom Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 18
Design Compact size and elegant design are the distinguishing features of the Ericsson
antenna families.
Radome The radomes covers the internal antenna components. The fiberglass material
uarantees optimum performance regarding stability, strength, UV resistance,
g
painting, and weather protection.
The radome colour of the outdoor panel antennas is similar to RAL 7035.
Environmental influences Ericsson antenna designs are based on fundamental engineering knowledge and
also on our decades of practical experience, during which the various constructions
and materials used have proved their outstanding reliability.
Environmental conditions Our cellular antennas are designed to operate under the environmental conditions
as described in ETS 300 019-1-4 class 4.1 E.
The antennas exceed this standard regarding the following items:
– Low temperature: −55 °C
– High temperature (dry): +60 °C
Environmental tests Ericsson antennas are designed according to the specifications as defined in
ETS 300 019-2-4. Extensive tests have been performed on typical samples
and modules. The vibration test has been adapted relating to frequency and
acceleration to the conditions of mast mounted antennas.
Great variety of According to the antenna type selected, customers can choose from different
half-power beam width, half-power beam widths, gain values and electrical down tilts for panel antennas.
gain values, Down tilt is s are either fixed or adjustable and controlled by remote electrical tilt
electrical downtilt system (RET)
Low intermodulation With many years of experience in the construction of antennas and intensive
products (typ. <−153 dBc) research into the effects of intermodulation, we offer optimized material and
technology used for antennas (the given value refers to 3rd order products
measured with 2 carriers of 20 W each).
Excellent tracking Tracking states the symmetry between the +45° and −45° polarized horizontal
pattern. Bad tracking values lead to interferences in the network and reduced
diversity performance. The special Tracking compensation reduces the average
value measured at ±60° to < 2–3 dB.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 19
Multi-array design Besides standard single array antennas, Ericsson designs antennas providing
ultiple antenna arrays in one radome. These multi-array antennas do not
m
only supply a future-proof multiplicity of diverse frequency bands for various
technologies but are also well-prepared for different MIMO and b eamforming
applications. Our portfolio contains a high variety of design solutions like
interleaved and side-by-side antenna types or combinations of both as well as
filter realizations.
Multi-functional Depending on the type, the antennas are equipped with up to 2 attachment
installation hardware points. For mast-mounting, brackets, mechanical down tilt kits and various other
mounting material are available.
MTBF Statement Traditionally, passive components like antennas cannot be well calculated due to
the lack of a sufficient number of components in the MTBF library. Unfortunately,
this constraint results in a very inaccurate calculation. Thus, such results are
technically questionable and unrealistic. In essence, antennas are made from
mechanical parts that do not show any failure rates. Only available failure rates
can be calculated into an MTBF value. Consequently, such components cannot be
listed in any MTBF library.
Remote Electrical Tilt System Ericsson Antenna System hereby states that RET devices, as far as the functiona-
AISG Compliancy lity and features are described within the AISG / 3GPP standard, are compliant
with the standard.
NGMN-P-BASTA All antennas which are measured according to the specifications given in
NGMN-P-BASTA White Paper Version 9.6/10.0 and 11.1 are clearly marked in the
data sheet. The latest data sheets can be found on our website.
RET RFID Functionality Ericsson Antenna System latest Remote-Control Unit (RCU) is equipped with an
internal RFID reader. Most of our antennas are equipped with RFID tags in their
spindles. With this, all relevant antenna data can automatically be read out by
the RCU. Further information as well as an up-to-date list of the antennas can be
found on our website. The according data sheets are marked by an RFID sign.
4.3-10 Connectors Partly, latest products are equipped with 4.3-10 connectors.
The advantages of this connector are:
• Reduced dimensions on the bottom plate for more installation space
• Improved PIM stability and performance
• Easier installation, lower tightening torque
The universal 4.3-10 jack can be used with 3 different connector types (screw
type, push-pull type and hand screw type).
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 20
nLB Compact
Coverage
1x Lowband
2x Lowband
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 21
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 22
Lowband R1
Frequency range MHz 790 – 862 824 – 894 880 – 960
Horizontal Pattern:
Squint ° ±2.0
Vertical Pattern:
Impedance Ω 50
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation, between ports dB > 30
Mechanical specifications
Input 2 x 7-16 female
1)
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
2254 | 88.7
2286 | 90.0
2326 | 91.6
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
992 | 39.1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
Adjustment mechanism
with integrated scale
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
1) 9 | 0.4
2) 72 | 2.8
Material: Reflector screen: Weather-proof aluminum. 3) 64 | 2.5
Fiberglass radome: The grey fiberglass radomes of these antennas
are very stable and e
xtraordinarily stiff. They are resistant to ultraviolet radiation All dimensions in mm | inches
and can also be painted to match their surroundings.
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conduc-
tors are DC grounded.
R1
Layout of interface
99 | 3.9
109 | 4.3
12 | 0.5
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 25
Lowband R1
Frequency range MHz 790 – 862 824 – 894 880 – 960
Average gain dBi 16.8 ... 17.0 ... 16.7 16.9 ... 17.1 ... 16.9 17.2 ... 17.4 ... 17.0
Tilt ° 0 ... 4 ... 8 0 ... 4 ... 8 0 ... 4 ... 8
Horizontal Pattern:
Squint ° ±2.5
Vertical Pattern:
Sidelobe suppression for first °T 0 ... 2 ... 4 ... 8 0 ... 2 ... 4 ... 8 0 ... 2 ... 4 ... 8
sidelobe above main beam dB 18 ... 18 ... 18 ... 16 18 ... 18 ... 18 ... 16 20 ... 18 ... 17 ... 15
Impedance Ω 50
Mechanical specifications
Input 2 x 7-16 female
9 | 0.4
2)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
731651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28 – 60 | 1.1 – 2.4 2
2254 | 88.7
2284 | 89.9
2324 | 91.5
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210 – 380 | 8.3 – 15.0 2
1027 | 40.4
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Adjustment mechanism
with integrated scale
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna 1) 72 | 2.8
mm | inches 2) 64 | 2.5
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
790–960 MHz R1 1–2
R1
Layout of interface
99 | 3.9
111 | 4.4
60 | 2.4
5 | 0.2
172 | 6.8
256 | 10.1
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 27
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 28
Lowband R1
Frequency Range MHz 790 – 862 824 – 894 880 – 960
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.1 ± 0.4 17.2 ± 0.2 17.4 ± 0.2
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 22 > 22
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Electrical Downtilt
° 0.5 – 9.5
continuously adjustable
Max. Effective Power 800 (at 50 °C ambient Max. Wind Velocity km/h 200
for the Antenna W mph 124
temperature)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 9.6) requirements. Height / Width / Depth mm 2574 / 259 / 99
inches 101.3 / 10.2 / 3.9
Category of H (Heavy)
Mounting Hardware
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
2574 | 101.3
2604 | 102.5
2644 | 104.1
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Adjustment mechanism
with integrated scale
Material: Reflector screen: Weather-proof aluminum.
Fiberglass radome: The grey fiberglass radomes of these antennas All dimensions in mm | inches
are very stable and extraordinarily stiff. They are resistant to ultraviolet
radiation and can also be painted to match their surroundings.
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
790–960 MHz R1 1 –2
Layout of interface R1
–45° +45°
99 | 3.9 *
112 | 4.4 *
54 | 2.1
70 | 2.8
259 | 10.2 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 30
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 31
Layout of interface
307.5 | 12.1
298 | 11.7
120 | 4.7
134.5 | 5.3
125 | 4.9
147 | 5.8
84.8 | 3.3
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 33
R2
1x
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 34
3)
1)
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210–380 | 8.3–15.0 2
85010009 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–14° 1
86010154 Site Sharing
3-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010155 Site Sharing
6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
1486 | 58.5
1459 | 57.4
1526 | 60.1
86010162 Gender 1
Adapter Solely to be used in combination with
a compatible FlexRET module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2 2) 72 | 2.8
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1 3) 13 | 0.5
All dimensions
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. in mm | inches
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special design
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather p rotection. Fiber-
glass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resis-
tance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 36
Layout of interface
Left Right
R2 R2
* 169 | 6.7
* 195 | 7.7
4 3
R1 R1
104 | 4.1
2 1
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
Dimensions in mm and [inches]
R2
Correlation Table
1x
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 37
R2
1x
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 38
1999 | 78.7
1818 | 71.6
Adapter
86010162 Gender 1
Adapter Solely to be used in combination with
a compatible FlexRET module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1)
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
3)
2)
Layout of interface
164 | 6.5 *
229 | 9.0 *
R1 R1 R2 R2
2 1 4 3
97 | 3.8
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
378 | 14.9 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
1x
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 41
R2
1x
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 42
2438 | 96.0
Adapter
86010162 Gender 1
Adapter Solely to be used in combination with
a compatible FlexRET module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1)
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
3)
2)
Layout of interface
164 | 6.5 *
229 | 9.0 *
R1 R1 R2 R2
2 1 4 3
97 | 3.8
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
378 | 14.9 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
1x
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 45
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 46
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC grounded.
Layout of interface
445 | 17.5
320 | 12.6
220 | 8.66
2000 | 78.7
130 | 5.1
2032 | 80
155 | 6.1
105 | 41
1580 | 62.2
Bottom view
* Dimensiones refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 48
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 49
2438 | 96.0
Adapter
2485 | 97.8
2223 | 87.5
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1)
85010096 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
2)
Layout of interface
175 | 6.9 *
240 | 9.4 *
R1 R1 R2 R2
L 2 L 1 R 4 R 3
93 | 3.7 *
126 | 5.0
226 | 8.9
508 | 20.0 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 52
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 53
1999 | 78.7
1784 | 70.2
86010162 Gender 1
Adapter Solely to be used in combination with
a compatible FlexRET module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1)
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55 – 115 | 2.2 – 4.5 1
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
3)
2)
Layout of interface
172 | 6.8 *
244 | 9.6
R1 R1 R2 R2
L 2 L 1 R 4 R 3
37 | 1.5
698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960
2)
1)
1) 22 | 0.9
126 | 5.0
2) 34 | 1.3
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
226 | 8.9
508 | 20.0 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 56
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 57
Lowbands R1; R2
Frequency range MHz 790 – 862 824 – 894 880 – 960
Average gain (dBi) dBi 15.4 ... 15.4 ... 15.0 15.7 ... 15.7 ... 15.4 16.0 ... 16.1 ... 15.9
Tilt ° 0 ... 4 ... 8 0 ... 4 ... 8 0 ... 4 ... 8
Horizontal Pattern:
Vertical Pattern:
Sidelobe suppressionfor first sidelobe °T 0 ... 4 ... 8 0 ... 4 ... 8 0 ... 4 ... 8
above main beam dB ≥ 17 ... 17 ... 15 ≥ 17 ... 17 ... 15 ≥ 17 ... 17 ... 15
Impedance Ω 50
2) 1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
2) 72 | 2.8
1)
Mechanical specifications
Input 4 x 7-16 female
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC grounded.
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
R1 R2
Left Right
Layout of interface
374 | 14.7
277 | 10.9
187 | 7.4
87 | 3.4
Tilt Tilt
1 7 0 3
90
96
-96
790-
106 | 4.2
0
121 | 4.8
70 | 2.8
53 | 2.1
4 2
38 | 1.5
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 59
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nLB 60
Layout of interface
454.5 | 17.9
445 | 17.5
320 | 12.6
220 | 8.7
139.5 | 5.5
130 | 5.1
154.7 | 6.1
89.5 | 3.5
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 62
nMB Compact
Coverage
1x Midband
2x Midband
4x Midband
New product
Abbreviations:
ESLS Enhanced Side Lobe Suppression (above or below horizon)
HE High Efficiency (Antennas with high gain compared to length)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 63
Y1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 64
Midband Y1
Frequency range MHz 1710 – 1990 1920 – 2200 2200 – 2490 2490 – 2690
Polarization ° +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45
Gain dBi 17.4 ... 17.6 ... 17.5 17.9 ... 18.2 ... 18.1 18.4 ... 18.5 ... 18.5 18.5 ... 19.0 ... 18.5
Tilt ° 2 ... 8 ... 14 2 ... 8 ... 14 2 ... 8 ... 14 2 ... 8 ... 14
Horizontal Pattern:
Half-power beam width ° 68 63 59 58
Front-to-back ratio (180°±30°) dB > 25 > 25 > 25 > 25
Cross polar ratio 0° Typically: 25 Typically: 24 Typically: 25 Typically: 25
dB
Sector ±60° > 10 > 10 > 10 > 10
Tracking, Avg. dB 1.5
Vertical Pattern:
Half-power beam width °° 6.7 6.0 5.3 5.0
Electrical tilt 2 – 14, continuously adjustable
Sidelobe suppression °T 2 ... 8 ... 14 2 ... 8 ... 14 2 ... 8 ... 14 2 ... 8 ... 14
– for first sidelobe above main beam dB ≥ 18 ... 18 ... 18 ≥ 18 ... 18 ... 18 ≥ 18 ... 18 ... 18 ≥ 18 ... 18 ... 18
– within 0°–20° sector above horizon dB ≥ 17 ... 17 ... 16 ≥ 17 ... 17 ... 16 ≥ 17 ... 17 ... 16 ≥ 17 ... 17 ... 14
Impedance Ω 50
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation, between ports dB > 30
Intermodulation IM3 dBc < –150 (2 x 43 dBm carrier)
Max. effective power per port 250 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
W
Max. effective power for the antenna 500 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Mechanical specifications
Input 2 x 7-16 female
Connector position Bottom
Adjustment 1x, Position bottom
mechanism continuously adjustable
Wind load (at Rated N | lbf Frontal: 250 | 57
Wind Speed: 150 km/h) Maximal: 275 | 62
Max. wind velocity km/h 200
mph 124
Height/width/depth mm 1452 / 154 / 70
inches 57.2 / 6.0 / 2.8
Category of mounting hardware M (Medium)
Weight kg 6.5 / 8.5 (clamps incl.)
lb 4.3 / 18.7 (clamps incl.)
Packing size mm 1725 x 172 x 92
inches 7.9 x 6.8 x 3.6
Scope of supply Panel and 2 units of clamps
for 42 – 115 mm |
1.7– 4.5 inches diameter
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 65
1452 | 57.2
1496 | 58.9
1524 | 60.6
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. Adjustment
mechanism
with integrated
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. Radiator: Tin-plated zinc. scale
Flat fiberglass radome: The max. radome depth is only 70 mm
All dimensions in mm | inches
[2.8 inches]. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with
regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is grey.
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Correlation Table
Layout of interface
Y1
54 | 2.1
–45° +45°
70 | 2.8
154 | 6.1
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 66
Y1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 67
Gain over all Tilts dBi 18.5 ± 0.4 19.1 ± 0.3 19.4 ± 0.3 19.7 ± 0.5 19.5 ± 0.9
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 20 > 21 > 23 > 25 > 23
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.8 ± 0.5 7.3 ± 0.2 7.1 ± 0.3 6.4 ± 0.3 5.8 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2
Remarks 64 | 2.5
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches ∅9|0
.4
1272 | 50.1
1304 | 51.3
1412 | 55.6
737978 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0° – 15° 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches Adjustment
mechanism
with integrated
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2 scale
All dimensions in mm | inches
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Correlation Table
Layout of interface Y1
243 | 9.6
235 | 9.2 *
120 | 4.7
50 | 2.0
690
5-2 Til
69 t
1
69 | 2.7 *
78 | 3.1
48 | 1.9
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 69
Y1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 70
Midband Y1
Frequency range MHz 1710 – 1990 1920 – 2200 2200 – 2490 2490 – 2690
Polarization ° +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45
Gain dBi 8.7 9.2 9.6 9.8
Horizontal Pattern:
Half-power beam width ° Approx. 67 Approx. 62 Approx. 55 Approx. 53
Front-to-back ratio, copolar
dB > 24 > 24 > 22 > 22
(180°±30°)
Cross polar ratio 0° dB Typically: 20 Typically: 20 Typically: 24 Typically: 24
Cross polar ratio
dB > 10 >9 >8 >8
sector corner ±60°
Vertical Pattern:
Half-power beam width ° Approx. 66 Approx. 60 Approx. 55 Approx. 53
Impedance Ω 50
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation, between ports dB > 27
Intermodulation IM3 dBc < –150 (2 x 43 dBm carrier)
Max. power per input W 100 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Max. power per antenna W 150 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Mechanical specifications
Input 2 x 4.3-10 female
Connector position Bottom or top
Wind load (at Rated Frontal: 35 | 8
Wind Speed: 150 km/h) N | lbf Maximal: 35 | 8
km/h 200
Max. wind velocity mph 124
mm 155 / 155 / 69
Height / width / depth inches 6.1 / 6.1 / 2.7
Category of L (Light)
Y1 mounting hardware
kg 1.5 (tension bands incl.)
Weight lb 3.3 (tension bands incl.)
Correlation Table
Packing size mm 257 x 172 x 92
inches 10.1 x 6.8 x 3.6
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports Panel and 1 unit of tension bands
Scope of Supply for 45 – 125 mm |
1710–2690 MHz Y1 1–2 1.8 – 4.9 inches diameter
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 71
Remarks
155 | 6.1
235 | 9.3
205 | 8.1
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm / inches
734360 2 tension bands Mast diameter: 34 – 60 | 1.3 – 2.4 1
734364 2 tension bands Mast diameter: 120 – 140 | 4.7 – 5.5 1 ∅ 8.5 | 0.3
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 1 1)
1) 35 | 1.4
2) 2) 64 | 2.5
734651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28 – 60 | 1.1 – 2.4 1
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110 – 220 | 4.3 – 8.7 1
All dimensions in mm | inches
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210 – 380 | 8.3 – 15.0 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm / inches
734365 2 tension bands Mast diameter: 45 – 125 | 1.8 – 4.9 1
Layout of interface
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 72
Y1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 73
Midband Y1
Frequency range MHz 1710 – 1990 1920 – 2200 2200 – 2490 2490 – 2690
Horizontal Pattern:
Vertical Pattern:
Impedance Ω 50
Mechanical specifications
Input 2 x 7-16 female
Frequency range Array Connector Scope of supply Panel and 1 unit of tension
bands for 45 – 125 mm |
1710–2690 MHz Y1 1–2 1.8 – 4.9 inches diameter
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 74
278 | 10.9
322 | 12.7
352 | 13.9
mm | inches
734360 2 tension bands Mast diameter: 34 – 60 | 1.3 – 2.4 1
3)
1) 35 | 1.4
731651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28 – 60 | 1.1 – 2.4 2 2) 2) 64 | 2.5
3) ∅ 8.5 | 0.3
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110 – 220 | 4.3 – 8.7 2 All dimensions in mm | inches
Layout of interface
54 | 2.1
69 | 2.7 *
154 | 6.1 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 75
Y1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 76
Midband Y1
Frequency range MHz 1710 – 1990 1920 – 2170 2170 – 2490 2490 – 2690
Horizontal Pattern:
Squint ° ±3
Vertical Pattern:
Sidelobe supression for first °T 0 ... 3 ... 6 0 ... 3 ... 6 0 ... 3 ... 6 0 ... 3 ... 6
sidelobe above main beam dB ≥ 18 ... 18 ... 17 ≥ 18 ... 18 ... 16 ≥ 18 ... 18 ... 16 ≥ 18 ... 18 ... 17
Impedance Ω 50
Mechanical specifications
Input 2 x 7-16 female
1742 | 68.6
1670 | 65.7
1712 | 67.4
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
3)
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC 1) 64 | 2.5
grounded. 2) ∅ 8.5 | 0.3
3) 30 | 1.2
Y1
–45° +45°
155 | 6.1 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 78
B1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 79
Midband B1
Frequency Range MHz 1710 – 1880 1850 – 1990 1920 – 2200
Horizontal Pattern:
Squint ° ±2.5
Vertical Pattern:
Sidelobe supression for first °T 0 ... 3 ... 6 0 ... 3 ... 6 0 ... 3 ... 6
sidelobe above main beam dB 18 ... 18 ... 17 18 ... 17 ... 17 17 ... 17 ... 17
Null-fill at 0° tilt dB 20 20 20
Impedance Ω 50
Mechanical specifications
Input 2 x 7-16 female
Category of M (Medium)
Mounting Hardware
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
2548 | 100.3
2605 | 102.6
2635 | 103.7
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. Radiator: Tin-plated zinc.
Flat fiberglass radome: The max. radome depth is only 89 mm |
3.5 inches. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with
regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of
the radome is grey.
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Adjustment
mechanism
with integrated
scale
Correlation Table
Layout of interface B1
–45° +45°
89 | 3.5 *
105 | 4.1
40 | 1.6
155 | 6.1 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 81
Y1 Y2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 82
1)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
731651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28–60 | 1.1–2.4 2
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210–380 | 8.3–15.0 2
1496 | 58.9
1691 | 66.6
1471 | 57.9
737978 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–15° 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
Adjustment
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2 mechanism
with integrated scale
1) 35 | 1.4 3) ∅ 22 | 0.9
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. 2) 64 | 2.5 4) ∅ 9 | 0.4
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
All dimensions in mm | inches
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Radiator: Tin-plated zinc.
Flat fiberglass radome: The max. radome depth is only 86 mm |
3.4 inches. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with
regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is grey.
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 85
Layout of interface
228 | 9.0
110 | 4.3
50 | 2.0
T ilt
2 Y1 Y2 4
ilt
T
Y1 Y2
Left Right
86 | 3.4
40 | 1.6
104 | 4.1
1 95
16
3
90
-2
6 Y1 Y2 -2
L 169
5 + + 690
R
275 | 10.8
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 86
P1 P2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 87
1021 | 40.2
1051 | 41.4
970 | 38.2
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
Layout of interface
179 | 7.0
(R) 3300 - 3
/ P2 80
0
1 3 L)
(
P1
P1 P2
76 | 3.0
83 | 3.3
P1 P2
46 | 1.8
41 | 1.6
35 | 1.4
2 Left 4
Right
6 | 0.2
35 | 1.4 23 | 0.9
64 | 2.5 63 | 2.5
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
P1 P2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 90
Y1 Y2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 91
Midband Y1;Y2
Frequency range MHz 1710 – 1990 1920 – 2200 2200 – 2490 2490 – 2690
Polarization ° +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45
Gain at 0° tilt dBi 15.8 16.2 16.6 16.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Half-power beam width ° 65 64 60 61
Front-to-back ratio, copolar dB > 30 > 30 > 30 > 28
Cross polar ratio 0° Typically: 25 Typically: 25 Typically: 25 Typically: 25
dB
Sector ±60° >8 >8 > 10 > 10
Vertical Pattern:
Half-power beam width ° 11 10 9 8.7
Electrical tilt ° 0 –12, continuously adjustable
Sidelobe supression for first °T 0 ... 6 ... 12 0 ... 6 ... 12 0 ... 6 ... 12 0 ... 6 ... 12
sidelobe above main beam dB ≥ 12 ... 13 ... 15 ≥ 13 ... 14 ... 16 ≥ 13 ... 15 ... 16 ≥ 15 ... 15 ... 17
Impedance Ω 50
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation, between ports dB > 30
Intermodulation IM3 dBc < –150 (2 x 43 dBm carrier)
Max. eff. power per port 200 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
W
Max. eff. power for the antenna 600 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Mechanical specifications
Input 4 x 7-16 female
Connector position Bottom
Adjustment 2 x, Position bottom
mechanism continuously adjustable
Wind load (at Rated N | lbf Frontal: 345 | 78
Wind Speed: 150 km/h) Maximal: 380 | 85
Max. wind velocity km/h 200
mph 124
Height / width / depth mm 855 / 315 / 71
inches 33.7 / 12.4 / 2.8
Category of
M (Medium)
mounting hardware
Weight kg 11 / 13.2 (clamps incl.)
lb 24.3 / 29.1 (clamps incl.)
Packing size mm 1146 x 337 x 112
inches 45.1 x 13.3 x 4.4
Scope of supply Panel and 2 units of clamps
for 42 – 115 mm |
1.7– 4.5 inches diameter
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 92
1)
3) ∅ 9 | 0.4
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
731651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28 – 60 | 1.1 – 2.4 2
1066 | 42.0
855 | 33.7
920 | 36.2
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Radiator: Tin-plated zinc.
Flat fiberglass radome: The max. radome depth is only 71 mm. Fiberglass Adjustment
material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness, mechanism
with integrated
UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is grey. scale
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
All dimensions in
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner mm | inches
conductors are DC grounded.
Correlation Table
Layout of interface Y1 Y2
Left Right
255 | 10.0
49 | 1.9
71 | 2.8 *
41 | 1.6
102 | 4.0 *
315 | 12.4 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 93
Y1 Y2
Left Right
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 28
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 28 (Y1 // Y2)
Max. Effective Power W 200
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 28
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 28 (Y2 // Y1)
Max. Effective Power W 200
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 95
Y1 Y2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 96
Y1 Y2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 97
Midband Y1; Y2
Frequency range MHz 1710 – 1990 1920 – 2200 2200 – 2490 2490 – 2690
Gain dBi 18.2 ... 18.4 ... 18.0 18.7 ... 18.9 ... 18.4 18.8 ... 19.0 ... 18.3 18.7 ... 19.0 ... 18.3
Tilt ° 0 ... 5 ... 10 0 ... 5 ... 10 0 ... 5 ... 10 0 ... 5 ... 10
Horizontal Pattern:
Vertical Pattern:
Sidelobe suppression °T 0 ... 5 ... 10 0 ... 5 ... 10 0 ... 5 ... 10 0 ... 5 ... 10
for first sidelobe above main beam dB ≥ 18 ... 16 ... 15 ≥ 18 ... 16 ... 15 ≥ 18 ... 16 ... 15 ≥ 18 ... 15 ... 15
Impedance Ω 50
Mechanical specifications
Input 4 x 7-16 female
1)
3) ∅ 9 | 0.4
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110 – 220 | 4.3 – 8.7 2
1668 | 65.7
1733 | 68,2
1878 | 73.9
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
Left Right
Layout of interface
255 | 10.0
49 | 1.9
71 | 2.8 *
41 | 1.6
102 | 4.0 *
315 | 12.4 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 99
Y1 Y2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 100
1)
3) ∅ 9 | 0.4
Type No. Description Remarks Units per
mm | inches antenna
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110 – 220 | 4.3 – 8.7 2
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210 – 380 | 8.3 – 15.0 2
737978 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0° – 10° 1
86010148V01 ext. RCU external RCU 2
1668 | 65.7
1733 | 68.2
1878 | 73.9
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Type No. Description Remarks Units per
mm | inches antenna
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Layout of interface
255 | 10.0
49 | 1.9
71 | 2.8 *
41 | 1.6
102 | 4.0 *
315 | 12.4 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
1710–2690 MHz Y1 1–2
1710–2690 MHz Y2 3–4
Y1 Y2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 103
Y1 Y2
2x
B1 B2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 104
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.2 ± 0.4 17.7 ± 0.3 17.7 ± 0.3 17.8 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 26 > 26 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 1.5 < 1.0 < 1.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 6.7 ± 0.4 6.3 ± 0.3 5.9 ± 0.5 4.8 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 11.0 2.0 – 14.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2
Port to Port Isolation dB > 30 (B1 // B2, Y1, Y2) > 30 (Y1 // B1, B2, Y2)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.2 ± 0.4 17.7 ± 0.3 17.7 ± 0.2 17.6 ± 0.6
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 26 > 26 > 23
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 1.0 < 0.5 < 1.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 6.8 ± 0.4 6.3 ± 0.3 6.0 ± 0.4 4.8 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 11.0 2.0 – 14.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 30 (B2 // B1, Y1, Y2) > 30 (Y2 // B1, B2, Y1)
1496 | 58.9
1604 | 63.1
1471 | 57.9
Adapter
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender the compatible FlexRET module 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches All dimensions
in mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 107
Layout of interface
220 | 8.7
120 | 4.7
B1 B1 B2 B2
+ +
B1(L) / B2(R) 1710 - 2170
Y1(L) / Y2(R) 2490 - 2690
47.5 | 1.9
2 1 4 3
103 | 4.0 *
Left Right
6 5 8 7
123 | 4.8
Y1 Y1 Y2 Y2
+ +
275 | 10.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Y1 Y2
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
Left CL CR Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Single-Band Configurations – nMB 109
Layout of interface
468 | 18.4
350 | 13.8
330 | 13
1238 | 48.7
1200 | 47.2
900 | 35.4
220 | 8.6
217 | 8.5
112 | 4.4
57 | 2.2
Bottom view
* Dimensiones refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
1695–2690 MHz Y1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y2 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y3 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y4 7–8
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
Left CL CR Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 112
1x Lowband | 1x Midband
1x Lowband | 2x Midband
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 113
1x Lowband | 3x Midband
1x Lowband | 4x Midband
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 114
Y1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 115
Gain over all Tilts dBi 18.1 ± 0.5 18.4 ± 0.2 18.7 ± 0.5 18.7 ± 0.6 18.5 ± 0.3
Horizontal Pattern:
Azimuth Beamwidth ° 64 ± 5.4 63 ± 2.7 61 ± 3.6 62 ± 5.7 64 ± 3.4
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 26 > 27 > 26 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Cross Polar Discrimination
dB > 14 > 19 > 20 > 18 > 20
at Boresight
Cross Polar Discrimination
dB > 8.0 > 9.5 > 10.0 > 10.0 > 11.5
over Sector
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 5.0 ± 0.3 4.7 ± 0.2 4.4 ± 0.3 3.8 ± 0.2 3.5 ± 0.2
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 8.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.3
First Upper Side Lobe
dB > 17 > 18 > 19 > 20 > 20
Suppression
Upper Side Lobe
Suppression, 20° Sector dB > 15 > 16 > 16 > 15 > 17
above Main Beam
1997 | 78.6
2027 | 79.8
2067 | 81.4
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. Adjustment mechanism
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. with integrated scale
All dimensions
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. in mm | inches
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 117
Layout of interface
t 790-960 1710-2690
Til Ti
lt
152 | 6.0 *
173 | 6.8 *
108 | 4.3
49 | 1.9
46 | 1.8
101 | 4.0
221 | 8.7
244 | 9.6
300 | 11.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
1710–2690 MHz Y1 3 – 40
Y1
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 118
Y1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 119
Impedance Ω 50
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation: Intrasystem dB > 27, typ. > 30 > 30 > 28, typ. > 30
Isolation: Intersystem dB > 26, typ. > 30 (R1 // Y1)
Intermodulation IM3 dBc < −153 (2 x 43 dBm carrier)
Max. effective power per port 250 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Max. effective power for the W 400 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
antenna
Impedance Ω 50
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation: Intrasystem dB > 26, typ. > 31 > 30, typ. > 31
Isolation: Intersystem dB > 30 (Y1 // R1)
Intermodulation IM3 dBc < −153 (2 x 43 dBm carrier)
Max. effective power per port 200 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Max. effective power for the W 400 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
antenna
Mechanical specifications
Input 4 x 4.3-10 female
Connector position Bottom
Wind load (at Rated N | lbf Frontal: 110 | 25
Wind Speed: 150 km/h) Maximal: 170 | 38
Max. wind velocity km/h 241
Y1
mph 150
R1 Height/width/depth mm 603 / 300 / 152
inches 23.7 / 11.8 / 6.0
Category of mounting hardware M (Medium)
Correlation Table Weight kg 8.5 / 10.7 (clamps incl.)
lb 18.7 / 23.6 (clamps incl.)
Packing size mm 845 x 325 x 193
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports inches 33.3 x 12.8 x 7.6
633 | 24.9
673 | 26.5
603 | 23.7
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
All dimensions
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. in mm | inches
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 121
Layout of interface
* 152 | 6.0
* 173 | 6.8
698 - 960 5 - 2690
698 - 960 169
5 - 2690 169
49 | 1.9
46 | 1.8
101 | 4.0
221 | 8.7
* 300 | 11.8
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 122
Y1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 123
Average gain dBi 14.5 ... 14.4 ... 14.2 14.6 ... 14.5 ... 14.3 14.8 ... 14.6 ... 14.4
Tilt ° 0 ... 8 ... 16 0 ... 8 ... 16 0 ... 8 ... 16
Horizontal Pattern:
Vertical Pattern:
Sidelobe suppression for first °T 0 ... 8 ... 16 0 ... 8 ... 16 0 ... 8 ... 16
sidelobe above main beam dB 16 ... 15 ... 15 16 ... 15 ... 15 15 ... 15 ... 14
Impedance Ω 50
Polarization ° +45, −45 +45, −45 +45, −45 +45, −45 +45, −45
Average gain dBi 17.2 ... 17.3 ... 16.8 17.4 ... 17.4 ... 16.9 17.6 ... 17.7 ... 17.0 17.0 ... 16.8 ... 16.0 17.2 ... 17.3 ... 16.7
Tilt ° 2 ... 6 ... 10 2 ... 6 ... 10 2 ... 6 ... 10 2 ... 6 ... 10 2 ... 6 ... 10
Horizontal Pattern:
Vertical Pattern:
Sidelobe suppression for first °T 2 ... 6 ... 10 2 ... 6 ... 10 2 ... 6 ... 10 2 ... 6 ... 10 2 ... 6 ... 10
sidelobe above main beam dB 14 ... 15 ... 16 14 ... 15 ... 17 15 ... 16 ... 17 17 ... 18 ... 18 15 ... 17 ... 18
Impedance Ω 50
Mechanical specifications
Input 4 x 7-16 female (long neck)
Category of
M (Medium)
mounting hardware
Correlation Table Weight kg 18 / 20 (clamps incl.)
lb 39.7 / 44.1 (clamps incl.)
Frequency range Array Connector/ Ports Packing size mm 1726 x 322 x 190
inches 68.0 x 12.7 x 7.5
790–960 MHz R1 1–2
Scope of supply Panel and 2 units of clamps
for 42–115 mm |
1710–2690 MHz Y1 3–4 1.7–4.5 inches diameter
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 125
1433 | 56.4
1403 | 55.2
1473 | 58.0
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Layout of interface
t 790-960 1710-2690
Til Ti
lt
152 | 6.0 *
173 | 6.8 *
108 | 4.3
49 | 1.9
46 | 1.8
101 | 4.0
221 | 8.7
244 | 9.6
300 | 11.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 126
Y1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 127
R1 Y1
Frequency range MHz 790 – 862 824 – 894 880 – 960 1710 – 1990 1920 – 2200 2200 – 2490 2490 – 2690
Polarization ° +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45 +45, –45
Average gain (dBi) dBi 2 x 7.8 2 x 8.0 2 x 8.5 2 x 7.8 2 x 8.9 2 x 8.7 2 x 8.2
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-back ratio dB Copolar: > 25 Copolar: > 25 Copolar: > 25 Copolar: > 25 Copolar: > 25 Copolar: > 25 Copolar: > 25
Vertical Pattern:
Impedance Ω 50
C C
7-16 7-16
335 | 13.2
370 | 14.6
mph 124
Category of
L (Light)
mounting hardware
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
734360 2 tension bands Mast diameter: 34 – 60 | 1.3 – 2.4 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
734365 2 tension bands Mast diameter: 45 – 125 | 1.8 – 4.9 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Please note: Using a downtilt kit is only possible in combination with clamps 731651, 738546, 85010002 or 85010003
Material: Reflector screen: Weather-proof aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: The grey fiberglass radomes of these antennas are very stable and e xtraordinarily stiff.
They are resistant to ultraviolet radiation and can also be painted to match their surroundings.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC grounded.
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
790– 960 MHz R1 1–2
Y1
Layout of interface R1
160 | 6.3
96 | 3.8
145 | 5.7
136 | 5.4
260 | 10.2
Y1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 130
2) 1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
Remarks 1) 2) 72 | 2.8
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
2652 | 104.4
2692 | 106.0
2622 | 103.2
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. Adjustment mechanism
with integrated scale
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 132
Layout of interface
t 698-960 1710-2690
Til Ti
lt
152 | 6.0 *
173 | 6.8 *
108 | 4.3
49 | 1.9
46 | 1.8
101 | 4.0
221 | 8.7
244 | 9.6
300 | 11.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 133
B1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 134
Mechanical specifications
Input 4 x 7-16 female (long neck)
Connector position Bottom
Adjustment Mechanism 2x, Position bottom
continuously adjustable
Wind load (at Rated N | lbf Frontal: 680 | 153
B1 Wind Speed: 150 km/h) Maximal: 750 | 169
R1 Max. wind velocity km/h 200
mph 124
Height / width / depth mm 2635 / 262 / 149
inches 103.7 / 10.3 / 5.9
Category of H (Heavy)
mounting hardware
Correlation Table Weight kg 33.0 / 35.0 (clamps incl.)
lb 72.8 / 77.2 (clamps incl.)
Packing size mm 2966 x 282 x 182
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports inches 116.8 x 11.1 x 7.2
Scope of Supply Panel and 2 units of clamps
790–960 MHz R1 1–2 for 42–115 mm |
1710–2180 MHz B1 3–4 1.7–4.5 inches diameter
1)
731651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28–60 | 1.1–2.4 2
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110 – 220 | 4.3–8.7 2
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210–380 | 8.3–15.0 2
2635 | 103.7
2677 | 105.4
2717 | 107.0
2835 | 111.6
85010009 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–8° 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. 1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
2) 72 | 2.8
Material: Reflector screen: Weather-proof aluminum. 3) 64 | 2.5
4) 35 – 42 | 1.4 –1.7
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees All dimensions in mm | inches
the best weather protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 136
Layout of interface
960 RCU
– 17
90 1
7
0–
RCU
218
0
149 | 5.9 *
167 | 6.6 *
–45° +45°
790–960 790 –960
106 | 4.2
88 | 3.5
–45° +45°
45 | 1.8
1710–2180 1710 –2180
50 | 2.0
103 | 4.1
180 | 7.1
262 | 10.3 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 137
Y2
Y1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 138
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.2 ± 0.4 15.6 ± 0.3 15.8 ± 0.5 16.1 ± 0.3
Horizontal Pattern:
Cross Polar Discrimination dB > 8.5 > 10.0 > 10.5 > 9.5
over Sector
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 10.8 ± 0.9 10.1 ± 0.5 9.9 ± 0.7 9.2 ± 0.4
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.6 < 0.5 < 0.4 < 0.3
1)
mm | inches
731651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28–60 | 1.1 - 2.4 2
2027 | 79.8
2067 | 81.4
1997 | 78.6
737978 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0 – 11° 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
Adjustment mechanism
with integrated scale
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
All dimensions
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. in mm | inches
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 141
Layout of interface
65.5 | 2.6
To
90
m
Botto
152 | 6.0 *
173 | 6.8 *
Y2 Y2
6 5
108 | 4.3
84 | 3.3
R1 Y1
R1 Y1
49 | 1.9
2 1 4 3
46 | 1.8
48 | 1.9
101 | 4.0
221 | 8.7
244 | 9.6
300 | 11.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 142
Y2
Y1
Y1
R1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 143
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.1 ± 0.5 16.7 ± 0.3 16.8 ± 0.3 17.1 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 25 > 26 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 8.7 ± 0.7 8.0 ± 0.5 7.8 ± 0.4 7.2 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 1.5 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5
2622 | 103.2
2652 | 104.4
Accessories (included in the scope of supply) 2692 | 106.0
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. Adjustment mechanism
with integrated scale
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 146
Layout of interface
65.5 | 2.6
To
90
m
Botto
152 | 6.0 *
173 | 6.8 *
Y2 Y2
6 5
108 | 4.3
84 | 3.3
R1 Y1
R1 Y1
49 | 1.9
2 1 4 3
46 | 1.8
48 | 1.9
101 | 4.0
221 | 8.7
244 | 9.6
300 | 11.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 147
B2
B1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 148
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.0 ± 0.3 17.2 ± 0.3 17.3 ± 0.3
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 27 > 28
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Weather-proof aluminum.
Adjustment mechanism
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. with integrated scale
Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is All dimensions
in mm | inches
light grey.
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit are DC grounded.
The inputs 790–960 MHz and 1710–2180 MHz are also DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 151
Layout of interface
35 | 1.4
146 | 5.7 *
167 | 6.6 *
145 | 5.7
108 | 4.3
49 | 1.9
46 | 1.8
60 | 2.4
167 | 6.6
184 | 7.2
261 | 10.3 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
B1
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 152
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
Capacity Coverage
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 153
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.2 ± 0.5 15.6 ± 0.3 15.8 ± 0.4 16.1 ± 0.3
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 23 > 25 > 26 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Elevation Beamwidth ° 10.8 ± 1.1 9.8 ± 0.4 9.5 ± 0.6 8.9 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.4 < 0.5
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.3 ± 0.3 17.5 ± 0.3 17.8 ± 0.4 18.1 ± 0.3 17.9 ± 0.6
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 24 > 24 > 25 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 0.5 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.1 ± 0.4 6.7 ± 0.3 6.3 ± 0.5 5.6 ± 0.3 5.0 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
3)
1)
All dimensions
in mm | inches
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 156
Layout of interface
Left Right
169 | 6.7 *
195 | 7.7 *
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y2 Y2
4 3 2 1 6 5
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 157
Y1 R1 Y2
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 158
3)
1)
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors
are DC grounded.
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 161
Layout of interface
353 | 13.9 *
262 | 10.3
150 | 5.9
50 | 2.0
164 | 6.5 *
190 | 7.5 *
40 | 1.6
78 | 3.1
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
353 | 13.9 *
290 | 11.4
214 | 8.4
170 | 6.7
60 | 2.4
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
164 | 6.5 *
190 | 7.5 *
149.7 | 5.9
140.5 | 5.5
119.6 | 4.7
Y1 R1 Y2
Left Center Right
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 162
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 163
Gain over all Tilts dBi 13.5 ± 0.3 14.0 ± 0.4 14.2 ± 0.3 14.4 ± 0.3
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 24 > 24 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 2.0 < 1.5 < 2.0 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 17.4 ± 1.1 16.2 ± 1.1 15.7 ± 0.7 14.9 ± 0.8
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 16.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.6 < 0.8 < 0.6 < 0.5
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.2 ± 0.6 17.5 ± 0.3 17.5 ± 0.3 17.1 ± 0.4 17.5 ± 0.6
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 24 > 28 > 26 > 24 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 2.5 < 2.5 < 2.0 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 6.7 ± 0.4 6.3 ± 0.3 6.0 ± 0.5 5.3 ± 0.2 4.8 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.2 ± 0.4 17.4 ± 0.3 17.7 ± 0.4 18.1 ± 0.3 18.1 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 24 > 23 > 23 > 24 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.5 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.1 ± 0.4 6.7 ± 0.4 6.4 ± 0.4 5.5 ± 0.3 5.0 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.2
3)
1)
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 167
Layout of interface
Left Right
169 | 6.7 *
195 | 7.7 *
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y2 Y2
4 3 2 1 6 5
54 | 2.1
124 | 4.9
224.5 | 8.8
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3– 4
Y1 R1 Y2
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 169
3)
1)
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors
are DC grounded.
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 172
Layout of interface
353 | 13.9 *
262 | 10.3
150 | 5.9
50 | 2.0
164 | 6.5 *
190 | 7.5 *
40 | 1.6
78 | 3.1
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
353 | 13.9 *
290 | 11.4
214 | 8.4
170 | 6.7
60 | 2.4
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
164 | 6.5 *
190 | 7.5 *
149.7 | 5.9
140.5 | 5.5
119.6 | 4.7
Y1 R1 Y2
Left Center Right
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 173
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 174
Layout of interface
365.4 | 14.4
355 | 14.0
286 | 11.3
170 | 6.7
60 | 2.4
1160
202.4 | 8.0
192 |7.6
169 | 6.7
132 | 5.2
102 | 4.0
68
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 178
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.2 ± 0.5 16.8 ± 0.4 17.0 ± 0.3 17.3 ± 0.2
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 21 > 24 > 26 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 2.0 < 2.5 < 2.0 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 8.7 ± 0.7 7.9 ± 0.5 7.6 ± 0.4 7.2 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 1.0 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.4
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.3 ± 0.5 17.8 ± 0.3 17.8 ± 0.3 17.2 ± 0.2 17.9 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 25 > 25 > 24 > 23
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 2.5 < 2.0 < 1.5 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 6.3 ± 0.4 5.9 ± 0.2 5.6 ± 0.4 4.9 ± 0.1 4.5 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.4 ± 0.3 17.6 ± 0.3 17.9 ± 0.5 18.3 ± 0.3 18.4 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 24 > 25 > 25 > 25 > 23
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.5 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.1 ± 0.4 6.6 ± 0.3 6.3 ± 0.4 5.6 ± 0.4 5.0 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.2
3)
1)
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below) 2441 | 96.1
2468 | 97.2
86010162 Gender Adapter 1 2508 | 98.7
Solely to be used in combination with
a compatible FlexRET module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2 2) 72 | 2.8
3) 13 | 0.5
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. All dimensions
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. in mm | inches
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 182
Layout of interface
Left Right
169 | 6.7 *
195 | 7.7 *
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y2 Y2
4 3 2 1 6 5
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3– 4
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 183
Y1 R1 Y2
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 184
3)
1)
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors
are DC grounded.
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 187
Layout of interface
353 | 13.9 *
262 | 10.3
150 | 5.9
50 | 2.0
164 | 6.5 *
190 | 7.5 *
40 | 1.6
78 | 3.1
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
353 | 13.9 *
290 | 11.4
214 | 8.4
170 | 6.7
60 | 2.4
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
164 | 6.5 *
190 | 7.5 *
149.7 | 5.9
140.5 | 5.5
119.6 | 4.7
Y1 R1 Y2
Left Center Right
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 188
Y3
Y1 R1 Y2
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 189
3)
1) 3) 13 | 0.5
Type No. Description mm | inches antenna
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors
are DC grounded.
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 192
Layout of interface
353 | 13.9 *
262 | 10.3
245 | 9.6
150 | 5.9
133 | 5.2
80 | 3.2
164 | 6.5 *
72 | 2.8
190 | 7.5 *
78 | 3.1
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y3 7–8
Y3
Y1 R1 Y2
Left Center Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 193
R1
R1
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 194
3)
1)
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210–380 | 8.3– 5.0 2
85010009 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–10° 1
86010154 Site Sharing
3-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010155 Site Sharing
6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010162 Gender Adapter 1
2022 | 79.6
1995 | 78.5
2062 | 81.2
Solely to be used in combination with
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
86010153 FlexRET
1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. 2) 72 | 2.8
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. 3) 13 | 0.5
Layout of interface
Left Right
Y1 Y1 Y3 Y3
169 | 6.7 *
Y2 Y2 R1 R1 Y4 Y4
104 | 4.1
6 5 2 1 10 9
224.5 | 8.8
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R1
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports R1
Y2 Y4
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y3 7–8
1695–2690 MHz Y4 9–10
Y1 Y3
R1
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 199
Y2 Y4
Y1 R1 Y3
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 200
3)
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
2064 | 81.3
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
1995 | 78.5
2024 | 79.7
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to s tability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 204
Layout of interface
353 | 13.9 *
262 | 10.3
245 | 9.6
150 | 5.9
133 | 5.2
50 | 2.0
Y1 +45° Y3 -45°
Y1 -45° Y3 +45°
80 | 3.2
72 | 2.8
164 | 6.5 *
190 | 7.5 *
Y2(L)Y4(R)
40 | 1.6
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz Y1 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y3 7–8
1695–2690 MHz Y4 9–10
Y2 Y4
Y1 R1 Y3
Left Center Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 205
R1
R1
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 206
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.3 ± 0.4 16.8 ± 0.3 17.0 ± 0.4 17.3 ± 0.2
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 23 > 24 > 25 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 8.6 ± 0.6 7.9 ± 0.4 7.6 ± 0.5 7.1 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 1.5 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.1 ± 0.5 17.4 ± 0.3 17.5 ± 0.4 17.3 ± 0.4 17.6 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 24 > 24 > 24 > 21 > 23
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.5 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.3 ± 0.5 6.8 ± 0.5 6.4 ± 0.6 5.6 ± 0.4 5.2 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.3
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.5 ± 0.5 16.8 ± 0.3 16.9 ± 0.4 16.6 ± 0.4 16.9 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 24 > 24 > 22 > 22
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 1.5 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.3 ± 0.5 6.8 ± 0.4 6.4 ± 0.6 5.7 ± 0.4 5.2 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.4 ± 0.4 17.6 ± 0.2 17.8 ± 0.4 18.1 ± 0.3 18.2 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 22 > 23 > 22 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 1.0 < 0.5 < 1.0 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.1 ± 0.4 6.7 ± 0.3 6.3 ± 0.4 5.6 ± 0.4 5.0 ± 0.2
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.3
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.9 ± 0.3 17.1 ± 0.3 17.3 ± 0.4 17.4 ± 0.2 17.4 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 24 > 24 > 25 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.0 < 1.0 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.2 ± 0.4 6.7 ± 0.4 6.3 ± 0.5 5.6 ± 0.4 5.0 ± 0.2
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2
3)
1)
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
2761 | 108.7
2721 | 107.1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special design
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather p rotection. Fiberglass
material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and
painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 212
Layout of interface
Left Right
Y1 Y1 Y3 Y3
169 | 6.7 *
Y2 Y2 R1 R1 Y4 Y4
104 | 4.1
6 5 2 1 10 9
224.5 | 8.8
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R1
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
R1
Y2 Y4
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
Y1 Y4
Y2 R1 Y3
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 214
3)
mm | inches 3) 13 | 0.5
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
2768 | 109.0
2697 | 106.2
2728 | 107.4
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to s tability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 218
Layout of interface
353 | 13.9 *
262 | 10.3
245 | 9.6
150 | 5.9
133 | 5.2
50 | 2.0
Y3 -45°
Y3 +45°
80 | 3.2
72 | 2.8
164 | 6.5 *
190 | 7.5 *
40 | 1.6
78 | 3.1
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz Y1 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y3 7–8
1695–2690 MHz Y4 9–10
Y2 Y4
Y1 R1 Y3
Left Center Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 219
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 1LB nMB 220
Layout of interface
507.2 | 20.0
428 | 16.9
390 | 15.4
336 | 13.2
290 | 11.4
236 | 9.3
200 | 7.9
2708 | 106.6
2680 | 105.5
2:5
1900 | 74.8
201.2 | 7.9
216.6 | 8.6
89 | 3.5
1)
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
Y2 Y4
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y3 7–8
1695–2690 MHz Y4 9–10
Y1 Y3
R1
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 224
2x Lowband | 1x Midband
2x Lowband | 2x Midband
2x Lowband | 3x Midband
2x Lowband | 4x Midband
Antenna 4205 2L 4M 2.0m 2x 698–960 65° 15.0 2–12 4.3-10, bottom 338
84510991 4x 1695–2690 65° 16.0 2–12
2x Lowband | 5x Midband
2x Lowband | 6x Midband
R2
1x
B1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 229
1)
mm | inches
731651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28–60 | 1.1–2.4 2
2005 | 78.9
1967 | 77.4
1932 | 76.1
737978 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–11° 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
Adjustment mechanism
with integrated scale
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
All dimensions
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. in mm | inches
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 231
Layout of interface
35 | 1.4
146 | 5.7 *
167 | 6.6 *
2 1
145 | 5.7
108 | 4.3
95 | 37
4 5
49 | 1.9
3 6
46 | 1.8
60 | 2.4
167 | 6.6
184 | 7.2
261 | 10.3 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
B1
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 232
R2
1x
B1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 233
1)
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3 – 8.7 2
1332 | 52.4
1362 | 53.6
1402 | 55.2
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. Adjustment mechanism
with integrated scale
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 235
Layout of interface
65.5 | 2.6
790-862 790-862
173 | 6.8 *
R1 R1
171
0-
60 17
108 | 4.3
2 1
21
-9
10
880
80
60
-21
880-9
84 | 3.3
80
R2 B1
R2 B1
46 | 1.8
49 | 1.9
4 3 6 5
48 | 1.9
101 | 4.0
221 | 8.7
244 | 9.6
300 | 11.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
B1
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 236
R2
1x
B1
R1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 237
Category of H (Heavy)
Mounting Hardware
2567 | 101.1
2605 | 102.6
2532 | 99.7
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42 – 115 | 1.7 – 4.5 2
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. Adjustment mechanism
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. with integrated scale
All dimensions
Material: Reflector screen: Weather-proof aluminum. in mm | inches
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 239
Layout of interface
35 | 1.4
146 | 5.7 *
167 | 6.6 *
2 1
145 | 5.7
108 | 4.3
95 | 37
4 5
49 | 1.9
3 6
46 | 1.8
60 | 2.4
167 | 6.6
184 | 7.2
261 | 10.3 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
B1
R1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 240
R2
1x
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 241
Gain over all Tilts dBi 14.9 ± 0.5 15.3 ± 0.5 15.8 ± 0.3
Horizontal Pattern:
Vertical Pattern:
3)
1)
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210–380 | 8.3–5.0 2
85010009 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–11° 1
86010154 Site Sharing 3-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010162 Gender 1
1921 | 75.6
1988 | 78.3
1948 | 76.7
Adapter Solely to be used in combination with
a compatible FlexRET module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1 2) 72 | 2.8
3) 13 | 0.5
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. All dimensions
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. in mm | inches
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 244
Layout of interface
Left Right
R2 R2
169 | 6.7 *
195 | 7.7 *
1695
4 3
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y2 Y2
104 | 4.1
6 5 2 1 8 7
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 245
R2
1x
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 246
2056 | 80.9
1999 | 78.7
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
1818 | 71.6
Adapter
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
3)
2)
Layout of interface
164 | 6.5 *
R2 R2
L 4 L 3
229 | 9.0 *
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y2 Y2
L 6 L 5 L 2 L 1 R 8 R 7
140 | 5.5
97 | 3.8
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
378 | 14.9 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–862 MHz R1 1–2 1x
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 251
1499 | 59.0
1284 | 50.6
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1)
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55 – 115 | 2.2 – 4.5 1
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
3)
2)
Layout of interface
172 | 6.8 *
244 | 9.6
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 R2 R2 Y2 Y2
L 6 L 5 L 2 L 1 R 4 R 3 R 8 R 7
37 | 1.5
1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690
2)
1)
1) 22 | 0.9
126 | 5.0
2) 34 | 1.3
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
226 | 8.9
326 | 12.8
426 | 16.8
508 | 20.0 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 255
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
1714.5 | 67.5
1866.5 | 73.5
1828 | 72
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below)
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded.
5)
Layout of interface
488 | 19.2 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 L 1 R 3 R 7
1695 2360 698 894 698 894 1695 2360
L 6 L 2 R 4 R 8
1695 2360 698 894 698 894 1695 2360
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–894 MHz R1 1–2
698–894 MHz R2 3–4
1695–2360 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2360 MHz Y2 7–8
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 260
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 261
1999 | 78.7
a compatible FlexRET module
1784 | 70.2
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather protection.
Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness,
UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. 4)
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded. 1) 22 | 0.9
2) 150 | 5.9
3) 142 | 5.6
4) 11 | 0.4
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 264
Layout of interface
172 | 6.8 *
244 | 9.6
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 R2 R2 Y2 Y2
L 6 L 5 L 2 L 1 R 4 R 3 R 8 R 7
37 | 1.5
1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690
2)
1)
1) 22 | 0.9
126 | 5.0
2) 34 | 1.3
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
226 | 8.9
326 | 12.8
426 | 16.8
508 | 20.0 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 266
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
1840 | 72.4
2078 | 81.8
1986 | 78.2
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
2)
1)
3)
4)
5)
1) 24 | 1.0
2) 117.5 | 4.6
3) ∅ 11 | 0.4
4) 150 | 5.9
5) 43 | 1.7
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 269
Layout of interface
448 | 17.6 *
243.6 | 9.6
143.6 | 5.7
164 | 6.5 *
117 | 4.6
229.2 | 9.0 *
45.2 | 1.8
150 | 5.9
150.4 | 5.9
260.4 | 10.3
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 270
R2
1x
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 271
Gain over all Tilts dBi 13.9 ± 0.5 14.3 ± 0.5 14.7 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Vertical Pattern:
Port to Port Isolation > 28 (R1 // R2) > 28 (R2 // R1, Y2)
dB
> 30 (R1 // Y1, Y2) > 30 (R2 // Y1)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.1 ± 0.6 17.5 ± 0.3 17.5 ± 0.4 17.1 ± 0.4 17.6 ± 0.6
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 26 > 25 > 24 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 1.5 < 1.5 < 2.5 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 6.7 ± 0.5 6.4 ± 0.3 6.0 ± 0.5 5.3 ± 0.3 4.7 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna 2)
mm | inches
3)
1)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2 2) 72 | 2.8
3) 13 | 0.5
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. All dimensions
in mm | inches
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special design
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather protection. Fiberglass
material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and
painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 274
Layout of interface
Left Right
R2 R2
169 | 6.7 *
195 | 7.7 *
1695
4 3
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y2 Y2
104 | 4.1
6 5 2 1 8 7
224.5 | 8.8
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
R2
1x
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 276
1499 | 59.0
1556 | 61.3
1318 | 51.9
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
3)
2)
Layout of interface
164 | 6.5 *
R2 R2
L 4 L 3
229 | 9.0 *
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y2 Y2
L 6 L 5 L 2 L 1 R 8 R 7
140 | 5.5
97 | 3.8
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
378 | 14.9 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–862 MHz R1 1–2 1x
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 281
Gain over all Tilts dBi 14.0 ± 0.4 14.7 ± 0.4 15.0 ± 0.4 15.4 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 18 > 20 > 22 > 21
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 11.8 ± 1.3 10.9 ± 0.6 10.7 ± 0.5 10.1 ± 0.7
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 11.5
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.4 < 0.5 < 0.5
Gain over all Tilts dBi 14.0 ± 0.4 14.7 ± 0.4 15.0 ± 0.5 15.5 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 19 > 20 > 21 > 21
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 11.8 ± 0.9 11.0 ± 0.6 10.8 ± 0.6 10.2 ± 0.9
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 11.5
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5
Gain at mid Tilt dBi 16.9 17.6 17.9 17.9 17.6 17.7
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.9 ± 0.7 17.5 ± 0.6 17.7 ± 0.8 17.9 ± 0.8 17.5 ± 0.7 17.7 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 28 > 26 > 27 > 27 > 29
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 8.0 ± 0.4 6.9 ± 0.4 6.4 ± 0.3 6.2 ± 0.4 5.7 ± 0.3 5.4 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
Gain at mid Tilt dBi 16.9 17.5 17.8 17.9 17.5 17.7
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.9 ± 0.6 17.5 ± 0.5 17.7 ± 0.8 17.9 ± 0.8 17.5 ± 0.6 17.6 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 27 > 26 > 27 > 26 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.9 ± 0.4 6.8 ± 0.4 6.4 ± 0.3 6.1 ± 0.4 5.6 ± 0.3 5.3 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
1978 | 77.9
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below)
2718 | 107.0
86010162 Gender Adapter 1
To be used in combination with the FlexRET
module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. 4)
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
1) 22 | 0.9
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special
2) 150 | 5.9
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather
3) 142 | 5.6
p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to
4) 11 | 0.4
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
5) 79 | 3.1
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are All dimensions
DC grounded. in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 284
Layout of interface
378 | 14.9 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 L 1 R 3 R 7
229 | 9.0 *
L 6 L 2 R 4 R 8
1427 2690 698 960 698 960 1427 2690
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R2
1x
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 286
3)
1)
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210–380 | 8.3–15.0 2
85010009 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–8° 1
86010154 Site Sharing
3-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010155 Site Sharing
6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
2441 | 96.1
2468 | 97.2
2508 | 98.7
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with a 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender compatible FlexRET module 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2 2) 72 | 2.8
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1 3) 13 | 0.5
All dimensions
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. in mm | inches
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 289
Layout of interface
Left Right
R2 R2
169 | 6.7 *
195 | 7.7 *
1695
4 3
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y2 Y2
104 | 4.1
6 5 2 1 8 7
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 290
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 291
2438 | 96.0
2485 | 97.8
2223 | 87.5
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather protection.
Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness,
UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
3)
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded. 1) 22 | 0.9
2) 150 | 5.9
3) ∅ 11 | 0.4
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 294
Layout of interface
175 | 6.9 *
240 | 9.4 *
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 R2 R2 Y2 Y2
L 6 L 5 L 2 L 1 R 4 R 3 R 8 R 7
1695-2690 1695-2690 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 1695-2690 1695-2690
93 | 3.7 *
126 | 5.0
226 | 8.9
326 | 12.8
426 | 16.8
508 | 20.0 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 296
Max. Effective Power 1000 (at 50 °C ambient Max. Wind Velocity km/h 241
W mph 150
for the Antenna temperature)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 9.6) requirements. Height / Width / Depth mm 2437 / 378 / 164
inches 96.0 / 14.9 / 6.5
Category of
XM (X-Medium)
Mounting Hardware
Weight kg 39.3 / 43.8 (clamps incl.)
lb 86.6 / 96.9 (clamps incl.)
Packing Size mm 2585 / 440 / 293
inches 101.8 / 17.3 / 11.5
Scope of Supply Panel, FlexRET and clamps
for 55–115 mm |
2.2–4.5 inches diameter
2437 | 95.9
86010154 Site Sharing Adapter 3-way (see figure below)
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below)
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with a com- 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender patible FlexRET module 1
5)
1)
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
mm | inches antenna
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
4)
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. 1) 22 | 0.9
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. 2) 150 | 5.9
3) 142 | 5.6
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. 4) 11 | 0.4
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special 5) 79 | 3.1
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather
protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. All dimensions
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. in mm | inches
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 299
Layout of interface
378 | 14.9 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 L 1 R 3 R 7
229 | 9.0 *
L 6 L 2 R 4 R 8
1695 2360 698 894 698 894 1695 2360
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
2323 | 91.5
2437 | 95.9
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below) 2478 | 97.5
Layout of interface
488 | 19.2 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 L 1 R 3 R 7
1695 2360 698 894 698 894 1695 2360
L 6 L 2 R 4 R 8
1695 2360 698 894 698 894 1695 2360
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–894 MHz R1 1–2
698–894 MHz R2 3–4
1695–2360 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2360 MHz Y2 7–8
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 305
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 306
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.0 ± 0.6 15.7 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.5 16.4 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 20 > 22 > 24 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.1 ± 0.7 8.6 ± 0.4 8.4 ± 0.5 7.9 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 10
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.4
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.0 ± 0.7 15.7 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.6 16.4 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 20 > 22 > 24 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.0 ± 0.7 8.6 ± 0.4 8.3 ± 0.5 7.9 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 10
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.4
Gain at mid Tilt dBi 16.9 17.6 17.9 17.9 17.6 17.7
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.9 ± 0.7 17.5 ± 0.6 17.7 ± 0.8 17.9 ± 0.8 17.5 ± 0.7 17.7 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 28 > 26 > 27 > 27 > 29
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 8.0 ± 0.4 6.9 ± 0.4 6.4 ± 0.3 6.2 ± 0.4 5.7 ± 0.3 5.4 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2 – 12
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
Gain at mid Tilt dBi 16.9 17.5 17.8 17.9 17.5 17.7
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.9 ± 0.6 17.5 ± 0.5 17.7 ± 0.8 17.9 ± 0.8 17.5 ± 0.6 17.6 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 27 > 26 > 27 > 26 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.9 ± 0.4 6.8 ± 0.4 6.4 ± 0.3 6.1 ± 0.4 5.6 ± 0.3 5.3 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2 – 12
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
2591 | 102
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below)
2718 | 107.0
2456 | 96.7
86010162 Gender Adapter 1
To be used in combination with the FlexRET
module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
4)
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. 1) 22 | 0.9
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special 2) 150 | 5.9
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather 3) 142 | 5.6
protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to 4) 11 | 0.4
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. 5) 79 | 3.1
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
All dimensions
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are in mm | inches
DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 309
Layout of interface
378 | 14.9 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 L 1 R 3 R 7
229 | 9.0 *
L 6 L 2 R 4 R 8
1427 2690 698 960 698 960 1427 2690
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
2437 | 95.9
Type No. Description Remarks Units per
mm | inches antenna
85010096 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
86010165 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 – AISG 3 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather
p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum p
erformance with regards to
1)
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. 2)
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded.
3)
1) 79 | 3.1
2) 22 | 0.9
Site Sharing Adapter Site Sharing Adapter
3) 150 | 5.9
3-way 6-way
4) ∅ 11 | 0.4
AISG AISG All dimensions
in mm | inches
BTS1 BTS2 BTS3
BTS1 BTS2 BTS3 BTS4 BTS5 BTS6
Layout of interface
596 | 23.5 *
180 | 7.1 *
Left Right
L 5 L 1 R 3 R 7
1695 2690 617 894 617 894 1695 2690
L 6 L 2 R 4 R 8
136 | 5.4
1695 2690 617 894 617 894 1695 2690
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
617–894 MHz R1 1–2
617–894 MHz R2 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 315
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
2642 | 104.0
2550 | 100.4
2404 | 94.6
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
2)
1)
3)
4)
5)
1) 24 | 1.0
2) 117.5 | 4.6
3) ∅ 11 | 0.4
4) 150 | 5.9
5) 43 | 1.7
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 319
Layout of interface
448 | 17.6 *
243.6 | 9.6
143.6 | 5.7
164 | 6.5 *
72.1 | 2.8
41 | 1.6
65 | 2.6 *
150 | 5.9
260.4 | 10.3
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
Y1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 320
Y1 G1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 321
2046 | 80.6
1999 | 78.7
1999 | 78.7
1784 | 70.2
1784 | 70.2
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
3)
3)
2)
2)
Layout of interface
172 | 6.8 *
G1 G1
C 6 C 5
244 | 9.6
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 R2 R2 Y2 Y2
79 | 3.1
L 8 L 7 L 2 L 1 R 4 R 3 R 10 R 9
37 | 1.5
1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690
2)
1)
1) 22 | 0.9
126 | 5.0
2) 34 | 1.3
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
226 | 8.9
326 | 12.8
426 | 16.8
508 | 20.0 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2 Y3
R1 R2
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 327
1499 | 59.0
1386 | 54.6
1538 | 60.6
Adapter
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
1)
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
86010165 FlexRET Compliant to 1
3GPP / AISG 2.0 – AISG 3 ready
3)
2)
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
4)
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special design
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather p rotection. Fiber- 1) 22 | 0.9
2) 150 | 5.9
glass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resis- 3) 142 | 5.6
tance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. 4) 11 | 0.4
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
All dimensions
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC in mm | inches
grounded.
Layout of interface
448 | 17.6 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 1 L 5 C 7 R 9 R 3
698 960 1427 2690 1695 2690 1427 2690 698 960
L 2 L 6 C 8 R 10 R 4
698 960 1427 2690 1695 2690 1427 2690 698 960
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 2.2
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 333
1999 | 78.7
1784 | 70.2
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender with a compatible FlexRET module 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
3)
2)
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special design
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather p rotection.
Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness,
UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. 4)
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC 1) 22 | 0.9
grounded. 2) 150 | 5.9
3) 142 | 5.6
4) 11 | 0.4
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 337
Layout of interface
172 | 6.8 *
Y2 Y2 Y4 Y4
L Top 8 L Top 7 R Top 12 R Top 11
244 | 9.6
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 R2 R2 Y3 Y3
79 | 3.1
L Bottom 6 L Bottom 5 L 2 L 1 R 4 R 3 R Bottom 10 R Bottom 9
37 | 1.5
1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690
2)
1)
1) 22 | 0.9
126 | 5.0
2) 34 | 1.3
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
226 | 8.9
326 | 12.8
426 | 16.8
508 | 20.0 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
1) 24 | 1.0
2) 123 | 4.8
3) ∅11 | 0.4
4) 150 | 5.9
5) 43 | 1.7
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 343
Layout of interface
448 | 17.6
343.6 | 13.5
243.6 | 9.6
143.6 | 5.7
55 | 2.2
23.2 | 0.9
72.1 | 2.8
164 | 6.5
65 | 2.6
41 | 1.6
150.4 | 5.9
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches 260.4 | 10.3
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
1695–2690 MHz Y3 9–10 Y2 Y4
1695–2690 MHz Y4 11–12
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 344
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
R1 R2
Left CL CR Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 345
1499 | 59.0
1386 | 54.6
1538 | 60.6
Adapter
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
1)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
4)
3)
Layout of interface
488 || 19.2
19.2 **
164|| 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 CL 7 L 1 R 3 CR 9 R 11
1427 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 1695 2690 1427 2690
L 6 CL 8 L 2 R 4 CR 10 R 12
1427 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 1695 2690 1427 2690
136|| 5.4
3.7
136
94 || 3.7
131 || 5.2
131
142 || 5.6
142
150 || 5.9
150
221 || 8.7
221
311 || 12.2
311 12.2
Bottom view
Bottom view
**Dimensions referto
Dimensions refer toradome
radome
All
Alldimensions
dimensions in mm ||inches
inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
R1 R2
Left CL CR Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 351
1864 | 73.4
2016 | 79.4
Adapter
1978 | 77.9
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
1)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
4)
Layout of interface
488 | 19.2 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 CL 7 L 1 R 3 CR 9 R 11
1427 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 1695 2690 1427 2690
L 6 CL 8 L 2 R 4 CR 10 R 12
1427 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 1695 2690 1427 2690
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R2
R1
1x R1
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 357
2056 | 80.9
1999 | 78.7
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
1818 | 71.6
Adapter
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
3)
2)
Layout of interface
Y2 Y2 R2 R2 Y4 Y4
164 | 6.5 *
L 8 L 7 L 4 L 3 R 12 R 11
229 | 9.0 *
1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690 880 - 960 880 - 960 1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 Y3 Y3
L 6 L 5 L 2 L 1 R 10 R 9
1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690 698 - 862 698 - 862 1427 - 2690 1427 - 2690
141 | 5.5
131 | 5.2 97 | 3.8
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
378 | 14.9 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R2
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–862 MHz R1 1–20
R1
880–960 MHz R2 3–40
1x R1
Y2 Y4
1695–2690 MHz Y1 5–60
R2
R1
1x R1
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 363
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.9 ± 0.3 16.2 ± 0.4 16.9 ± 0.3
Horizontal Pattern:
Vertical Pattern:
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.8 ± 0.4 17.1 ± 0.3 17.2 ± 0.4 16.6 ± 0.4 17.0 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 24 > 24 > 21 > 22
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.5 < 2.0 < 1.5 < 1.5 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.3 ± 0.5 6.8 ± 0.4 6.4 ± 0.6 5.7 ± 0.4 5.2 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 30 (Y1 // R1, R2, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.6 ± 0.5 16.9 ± 0.4 16.9 ± 0.4 16.2 ± 0.3 16.8 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 24 > 26 > 24 > 25 > 23
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.0 < 2.5 < 2.0 < 2.5 < 2.0
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.0 ± 0.5 6.5 ± 0.3 6.1 ± 0.5 5.5 ± 0.4 4.9 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 30 (Y2 // R1, R2, Y1, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.6 ± 0.3 17.7 ± 0.3 17.9 ± 0.5 18.0 ± 0.3 18.1 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 25 > 25 > 26 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.0 < 0.5 < 1.0 < 1.5 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.1 ± 0.4 6.6 ± 0.3 6.3 ± 0.4 5.6 ± 0.4 5.0 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2
Port to Port Isolation dB > 30 (Y3 // R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.3 ± 0.3 17.4 ± 0.2 17.6 ± 0.4 17.7 ± 0.3 17.7 ± 0.4
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 24 > 24 > 25 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Azimuth Beam
dB < 1.0 < 0.5 < 1.0 < 1.5 < 2.5
Port-to-Port Tracking
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.1 ± 0.4 6.7 ± 0.3 6.3 ± 0.4 5.7 ± 0.5 5.0 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.2
Port to Port Isolation dB > 30 (Y4 // R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y3)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches 2)
3)
1)
2761 | 108.7
2721 | 107.1
Adapter
Layout of interface
Left Right
Y1 Y1 R2 R2 Y3 Y3
169 | 6.7 *
Y2 Y2 R1 R1 Y4 Y4
104 | 4.1
8 7 2 1 12 11
224.5 | 8.8
325 | 12.8
377 | 14.8 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
R2
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 371
2437 | 95.9
86010154 Site Sharing Adapter 3-way (see figure below)
1)
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks Units per
Type No. Description mm | inches antenna
3)
2)
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. 1) 22 | 0.9
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. 2) 150 | 5.9
3) 142 | 5.6
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. 4) 11 | 0.4
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special 5) 79 | 3.1
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather
protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. All dimensions
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. in mm | inches
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 375
Layout of interface
378 | 14.9 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 L 7 L 1 R 3 R 9 R 11
229 | 9.0 *
1695 2360 1695 2360 698 894 698 894 1695 2360 1695 2360
L 6 L 8 L 2 R 4 R 10 R 12
1695 2360 1695 2360 698 894 698 894 1695 2360 1695 2360
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 377
Gain over all Tilts dBi 14.0 ± 0.5 14.7 ± 0.4 15.0 ± 0.4 15.4 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 20 > 22 > 23 > 21
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 11.8 ± 1.1 10.9 ± 0.7 10.7 ± 0.6 10.1 ± 0.8
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 11.5
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.4 < 0.5 < 0.5
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (R1 // R2, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 14.0 ± 0.5 14.7 ± 0.4 15.0 ± 0.4 15.4 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 20 > 22 > 23 > 22
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 11.9 ± 1.4 10.9 ± 0.6 10.7 ± 0.6 10.1 ± 0.7
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 11.5
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (R2 // R1, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.5 ± 0.4 15.7 ± 0.6 15.9 ± 0.6 15.6 ± 0.5 15.8 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 26 > 26 > 26 > 28
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 10.7 ± 0.6 10.2 ± 0.6 9.8 ± 0.5 8.9 ± 0.4 8.2 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.4 < 0.4
Port to Port Isolation dB > 28 (Y1 // R1, R2, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain at mid Tilt dBi 15.1 15.8 16.1 16.3 16.1 15.9
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.0 ± 0.4 15.7 ± 0.5 16.0 ± 0.6 16.3 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.9 15.8 ± 0.8
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 27 > 25 > 28 > 26 > 28
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 11.6 ± 0.9 9.7 ± 0.6 9.1 ± 0.4 8.6 ± 0.6 7.8 ± 0.4 7.4 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4
Port to Port Isolation dB > 28 (Y2 // R1, R2, Y1, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.5 ± 0.4 15.7 ± 0.6 15.9 ± 0.5 15.6 ± 0.5 15.8 ± 0.6
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 24 > 24 > 25 > 24 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 10.8 ± 0.7 10.2 ± 0.7 9.7 ± 0.7 8.8 ± 0.5 8.2 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.4
Port to Port Isolation dB > 28 (Y3 // R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y4)
Gain at mid Tilt dBi 15.0 15.8 16.1 16.4 16.0 15.9
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.0 ± 0.4 15.7 ± 0.5 16.0 ± 0.6 16.3 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.9 15.8 ± 0.8
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 24 > 26 > 25 > 26 > 26 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 11.8 ± 0.7 9.8 ± 0.6 9.1 ± 0.4 8.6 ± 0.6 7.8 ± 0.4 7.4 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4
Port to Port Isolation dB > 28 (Y4 // R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y3)
1978 | 77.8
2016 | 79.3
1864 | 73.3
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. 4)
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special 1) 22 | 0.9
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather 2) 150 | 5.9
p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to 3) 142 | 5.6
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. 4) 11 | 0.4
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. 5) 79 | 3.1
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded. All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 381
Layout of interface
378 | 14.9 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
BL 5 TL 7 L 1 R 3 BR 9 TR 11
229 | 9.0 *
1695 2690 1427 2690 698 960 698 960 1695 2690 1427 2690
BL 6 TL 8 L 2 R 4 BR 10 TR 12
1695 2690 1427 2690 698 960 698 960 1695 2690 1427 2690
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 383
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.0 ± 0.6 15.7 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.5 16.4 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 20 > 22 > 24 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.1 ± 0.7 8.6 ± 0.4 8.4 ± 0.5 7.9 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 10
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.4
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (R1 // R2, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.0 ± 0.7 15.7 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.6 16.4 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 20 > 22 > 24 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.0 ± 0.7 8.6 ± 0.4 8.3 ± 0.5 7.9 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 10
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.4
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (R2 // R1, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain at mid Tilt dBi 16.3 17.1 17.5 17.6 17.2 17.2
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.2 ± 0.6 17.0 ± 0.5 17.4 ± 0.7 17.6 ± 0.8 17.1 ± 0.8 17.1 ± 0.8
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 25 > 25 > 27 > 26 > 28
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 8.9 ± 0.5 7.6 ± 0.5 7.1 ± 0.4 6.8 ± 0.5 6.3 ± 0.4 5.9 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2 – 12
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y1 // R1, R2, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.4 ± 0.5 16.7 ± 0.6 16.8 ± 0.6 16.5 ± 0.6 16.5 ± 0.6
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 25 > 28 > 27 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.8 ± 0.6 7.2 ± 0.3 6.9 ± 0.5 6.3 ± 0.4 5.8 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2 – 12
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.2
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y2 // R1, R2, Y1, Y3, Y4)
Gain at mid Tilt dBi 16.2 17.1 17.5 17.6 17.3 17.2
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.0 ± 0.6 17.0 ± 0.4 17.4 ± 0.7 17.6 ± 0.8 17.1 ± 0.7 17.1 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 24 > 25 > 25 > 26 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.0± 0.4 7.7 ± 0.4 7.1 ± 0.4 6.8 ± 0.4 6.3 ± 0.4 5.9 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2 – 12
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y3 // R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.4 ± 0.4 16.7 ± 0.6 16.8 ± 0.7 16.5 ± 0.6 16.5 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 25 > 27 > 27 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.7 ± 0.6 7.2 ± 0.4 6.9 ± 0.5 6.3 ± 0.4 5.7 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2 – 12
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y4 // R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y3)
2591 | 102
86010154 Site Sharing Adapter 3-way (see figure below)
2718 | 107.0
2456 | 96.7
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below)
4)
86010165 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 / AISG 3.0 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. 1) 22 | 0.9
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. 2) 150 | 5.9
3) 142 | 5.6
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. 4) 11 | 0.4
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special 5) 79 | 3.1
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather
p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to All dimensions
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. in mm | inches
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 387
Layout of interface
378 | 14.9 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
BL 5 TL 7 L 1 R 3 BR 9 TR 11
229 | 9.0 *
1427 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 1427 2690 1695 2690
BL 6 TL 8 L 2 R 4 BR 10 TR 12
1427 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 1427 2690 1695 2690
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 389
2671 | 105.2
2718 | 107.0
2456 | 96.7
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
2)
Layout of interface
175 | 6.9 *
Y2 Y2 Y4 Y4
L Top 8 L Top 7 R Top 12 R Top 11
240 | 9.4 *
Y1 Y1 R1 R1 R2 R2 Y3 Y3
L Bottom 6 L Bottom 5 L 2 L 1 R 4 R 3 R Bottom 10 R Bottom 9
135 | 5.3
1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 698 - 960 1695 - 2690 1695 - 2690
93 | 3.7
126 | 5.0
226 | 8.9
326 | 12.8
426 | 16.8
508 | 20.0 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
1) 24 | 1.0
2) 123 | 4.8
3) ∅11 | 0.4
4) 150 | 5.9
5) 43 | 1.7
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 399
Layout of interface
448 | 17.6
343.6 | 13.5
243.6 | 9.6
143.6 | 5.7
55 | 2.2
23.2 | 0.9
72.1 | 2.8
164 | 6.5
65 | 2.6
41 | 1.6
150.4 | 5.9
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches 260.4 | 10.3
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4
1695–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
1695–2690 MHz Y3 9–10 Y2 Y4
1695–2690 MHz Y4 11–12
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 400
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
R1 R2
Left CL CR Right
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.1 ± 0.5 15.7 ± 0.5 15.9 ± 0.4
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 20 > 21 > 23
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (R1 // R2, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 10.0) requirements – subject to minor changes on the final product.
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.1 ± 0.5 15.7 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 18 > 20 > 22
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (R2 // R1, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 10.0) requirements – subject to minor changes on the final product.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 402
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.6 ± 0.6 17.7 ± 0.6 17.6 ± 0.9 17.9 ± 0.8 17.5 ± 0.8
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 29 > 30 > 28 > 29 > 28
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 5.8 ± 0.3 5.4 ± 0.3 5.1 ± 0.3 4.6 ± 0.2 4.2 ± 0.2
Electrical Downtilt
° 1.0 – 11.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.2
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y1 // R1, R2, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 10.0) requirements – subject to minor changes on the final product.
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.7 ± 0.6 17.8 ± 0.6 18.1 ± 0.9 18.6 ± 0.8 17.9 ± 1.0
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 32 > 31 > 30 > 32 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 5.7 ± 0.4 5.4 ± 0.3 5.2 ± 0.3 4.7 ± 0.2 4.3 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 1.0 – 11.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y2 // R1, R2, Y1, Y3, Y4)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 10.0) requirements – subject to minor changes on the final product.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 403
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.8 ± 0.6 17.9 ± 0.5 18.1 ± 0.9 18.5 ± 0.8 17.9 ± 0.9
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 32 > 31 > 30 > 30 > 29
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 5.5 ± 0.4 5.2 ± 0.3 5.0 ± 0.4 4.6 ± 0.2 4.3 ± 0.3
Electrical Downtilt
° 1.0 – 11.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y3 // R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y4)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 10.0) requirements – subject to minor changes on the final product.
Gain over all Tilts dBi 17.5 ± 0.6 17.6 ± 0.5 17.6 ± 0.9 17.9 ± 0.8 17.6 ± 0.8
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 28 > 29 > 27 > 29 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 5.7 ± 0.3 5.3 ± 0.3 5.0 ± 0.4 4.5 ± 0.2 4.2 ± 0.2
Electrical Downtilt
° 1.0 – 11.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.1 < 0.2
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y4 // R1, R2, Y1, Y2, Y3)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 10.0) requirements – subject to minor changes on the final product.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 404
2437 | 95.9
3-way (see figure below)
Adapter
All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 405
Layout of interface
596 | 23.5 *
180 | 7.1 *
Left Right
L 5 CL 7 L 1 R 3 CR 9 R 11
1695 2690 1695 2690 617 894 617 894 1695 2690 1695 2690
L 6 CL 8 L 2 R 4 CR 10 R 12
136 | 5.4
1695 2690 1695 2690 617 894 617 894 1695 2690 1695 2690
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R2
Y1 Y2
1x
2x
B2
1x
B1 G1
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 407
1499 | 59.0
1556 | 19.2
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
1318 | 51.9
Adapter
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
1)
86010153V01 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
3)
2)
Layout of interface
1710 - 2170 1710 - 2170 880 - 960 880 - 960 1710 - 2170 1710 - 2170
148 | 7.2
2500 - 2690 2500 - 2690 698 - 862 698 - 862 2500 - 2690 2500 - 2690
141 | 5.6
97 | 3.8
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
378 | 14.9 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R2
Y1 Y2
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
1x
698–862 MHz R1 1–2
1710–2170 MHz B2 9 – 10
2500–2690 MHz Y1 11 – 12 B1 G1
R1
2500–2690 MHz Y2 13 – 14 Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 411
R2
Y1 Y2
1x
2x
B2
1x
B1 G1
R1
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 412
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010097 2 clamps Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 1
1999 | 78.7
Adapter 1818 | 71.6
86010162 Gender Adapter 1
Solely to be used in combination with a
compatible FlexRET module
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender 1
86010153V01 FlexRET 1 1)
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
2)
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner All dimensions
conductors are DC grounded. in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 415
Layout of interface
1710 - 2170 1710 - 2170 880 - 960 880 - 960 1710 - 2170 1710 - 2170
148 | 7.2
2500 - 2690 2500 - 2690 698 - 862 698 - 862 2500 - 2690 2500 - 2690
141 | 5.6
97 | 3.8
131 | 5.2
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
378 | 14.9 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R2
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports Y1 Y2
Y2 Y4 Y6
Y1 Y3 Y5
R1 R2
Left Center Right
2591 | 102
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Type No. Description Remarks Units per
mm | inches antenna
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
86010165 FlexRET Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 – AISG 3 ready 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather
p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to 1)
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded.
2)
3)
Layout of interface
448 | 17.6 *
L 5 L 6 R 13 R 14
1427 2690 1427 2690 1427 2690 1427 2690
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 1 L 7 C 9 C 11 R 15 R 3
698 960 1695 2690 1695 2690 1695 2690 1695 2690 698 960
178 | 7.0
L 2 L 8 C 10 C 12 R 16 R 4
698 960 1695 2690 1695 2690 1695 2690 1695 2690 698 960
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 2.2
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4
1427–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
Y2 Y4 Y6
1695–2690 MHz Y3 9–10
1695–2690 MHz Y4 11–12
1427–2690 MHz Y5 13–14
1695–2690 MHz Y6 15–16
Y1 Y3 Y5
R1 R2
Left Center Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 422
Y1 Y4
2x
B1 Y2 Y3 B2
R1 R2
Left CL CR Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 423
1499 | 59.0
1386 | 54.6
1538 | 60.6
Adapter
86010155 Site Sharing
6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender a compatible FlexRET module 1
1)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
4)
3)
Layout of interface
488 | 19.2 *
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
L 5 L 9 CL 11 L 1 R 3 CR 13 R 15 R 7
1427 2180 2490 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 1695 2690 2490 2690 1427 2180
L 6 L 10 CL 12 L 2 R 4 CR 14 R 16 R 8
1427 2180 2490 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 1695 2690 2490 2690 1427 2180
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
401 | 15.8
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y4
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4 2x
1427–2180 MHz B1 5–6
2490–2690 MHz Y1 9–10
1695–2690 MHz Y2 11–12
1695–2690 MHz Y3 13–14
B1 Y2 Y3 B2
1427–2180 MHz B2 7–8
R1 R2
2490–2690 MHz Y4 15–16 Left CL CR Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 428
2x Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
B1 B2
R1 R2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 429
Gain over all Tilts dBi 14.9 ± 0.7 15.7 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.5 16.5 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 19 > 22 > 24 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.1 ± 0.7 8.6 ± 0.4 8.4 ± 0.5 7.9 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (R1 // R2, B1, B2, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 14.9 ± 0.7 15.7 ± 0.6 16.0 ± 0.6 16.5 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 18 > 22 > 24 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.0 ± 0.7 8.6 ± 0.4 8.3 ± 0.5 7.9 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.5 – 10.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (R2 // R1, B1, B2, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.7 ± 0.4 16.4 ± 0.5 16.3 ± 0.5 16.5 ± 0.6 16.6 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 28 > 26 > 25 > 26 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.5 ± 0.5 7.8 ± 0.5 7.2 ± 0.3 6.9 ± 0.5 5.7 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.4
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.4 ± 0.5 16.7 ± 0.6 16.8 ± 0.6 16.6 ± 0.6 16.6 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 25 > 28 > 27 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.8 ± 0.6 7.2 ± 0.3 6.9 ± 0.5 6.3 ± 0.4 5.8 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.2
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y2 // R1, R2, B1, B2, Y1, Y3, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 15.7 ± 0.5 16.3 ± 0.5 16.2 ± 0.6 16.4 ± 0.7 16.6 ± 0.5
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 28 > 25 > 23 > 24 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 9.6 ± 0.6 7.8 ± 0.5 7.3 ± 0.3 6.9 ± 0.6 5.7 ± 0.4
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation > 25 (Y3 // R1, R2, B1, B2, Y1,
dB > 25 (B2 // R1, R2, B1, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Y2, Y4)
Gain over all Tilts dBi 16.3 ± 0.4 16.7 ± 0.7 16.9 ± 0.7 16.5 ± 0.6 16.5 ± 0.7
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 25 > 25 > 27 > 27 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.7 ± 0.6 7.2 ± 0.4 6.9 ± 0.5 6.3 ± 0.4 5.7 ± 0.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
Tilt Accuracy ° < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.2 < 0.3
Port to Port Isolation dB > 25 (Y4 // R1, R2, B1, B2, Y1, Y2, Y3)
2591 | 102
2718 | 107.0
2456 | 96.7
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below)
1)
Remarks Units per
Type No. Description mm | inches antenna
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
3)
2)
Layout of interface
378 | 14.9 *
L 5 L 6 R 7 R 8
1427 2180 1427 2180 1427 2180 1427 2180
164 | 6.5 *
Left Right
BL 9 TL 11 L 1 R 3 BR 13 TR 15
229 | 9.0 *
2490 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 2490 2690 1695 2690
H
Y1- Y2- R1- R2- Y3- Y4-
178 | 7.0
BL 10 TL 12 L 2 R 4 BR 14 TR 16
2490 2690 1695 2690 698 960 698 960 2490 2690 1695 2690
136 | 5.4
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y2 Y4 Y6
Y1 Y3 Y5
R1 R2
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 435
1944 | 76.5
1982 | 78.0
1830 | 72.0
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna 1)
mm | inches
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
86010165 FlexRET Compliant to 1
3)
2)
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit. 4)
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. 1) 22 | 0.9
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special d esign 2) 150 | 5.9
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather p rotection. Fiber- 3) 142 | 5.6
4) 11 | 0.4
glass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resis-
tance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. All dimensions
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel. in mm | inches
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 2LB nMB 440
Layout of interface
165 | 6.5 *
229 | 9.0 *
178 | 7.0
136 | 5.4
131 | 5.2 94 | 3.7
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
448| 17.6 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
3x Lowband | 5x Midband
3LB nMB
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 3LB nMB 442
R2
Y1 Y3
1x
2x
B1 Y2 B2
R1 R3
Left Center Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Configurations – 3LB nMB 443
1944 | 76.5
1982 | 78.0
1830 | 72.0
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
86010162 Gender Adapter Solely to be used in combination with a 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender compatible FlexRET module 1
3)
2)
86010165 FlexRET Compliant to 1
3GPP / AISG 2.0 / AISG 3.0
4)
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed. 1) 22 | 0.9
2) 150 | 5.9
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum. 3) 142 | 5.6
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special design 4) 11 | 0.4
reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather p rotection. Fiber-
glass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to stability, stiffness, UV resis- All dimensions
tance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. in mm | inches
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
Layout of interface
Y1 Y1 Y3 Y3
L 11 L 12 R 15 R 16
165 | 6.5 *
R1 B1 Y2 Y2 B2 R3
229 | 9.0 *
L 1 L 7 C 13 C 14 R 9 R 5
698 862 1427 2170 1710 2690 1710 2690 1427 2170 698 960
R1 B1 R2 R2 B2 R3
178 | 7.0
L 2 L 8 L 3 L 4 R 10 R 6
136 | 5.4
698 862 1427 2170 880 960 880 960 1427 2170 698 960
94 | 3.7
131 | 5.2
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
221 | 8.7
311 | 12.2
448| 17.6 *
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
R2
Y1 Y3
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–862 MHz R1 1–2 1x
880–960 MHz R2 3–4
698–960 MHz R3 5–6 2x
nMB Compact
Coverage
4x Midband
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – nMB 449
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4
Left CL CR Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – nMB 450
3)
1)
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010002 1 clamp Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2
85010003 1 clamp Mast diameter: 210–380 | 8.3–15.0 2
85010009 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–15° 1
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
1483 | 58.4
1523 | 60.0
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
1472 | 58.0
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special de-
sign reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather p rotection.
Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to s tability, stiffness,
UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey.
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are DC
grounded.
LEFT RIGHT
2 4 CAL 6 8
164 | 6.5 *
53 | 2.1
190 | 7.5
Y2 (CR) 2300–2690
Y2 (R) 2300–2690
1 3 5 7
AISG OUT/IN
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
P1 P2 P3 P4
Left CL CR Right
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the
downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components.
The special design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees
the best weather p rotection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum
performance with regards to s tability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting.
The color of the radome is light grey.
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
2)
Layout of interface
275 | 10.8 *
103 | 4.0 *
119 | 4.7 *
101 | 4.0
92 | 3.6
57 | 2.2
64 | 2.5
115 | 4.5
185 | 7.3
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
3300–3800 MHz P1 1–2
3300–3800 MHz P2 3–4
3300–3800 MHz P3 5–6
3300–3800 MHz P4 7–8
Attention:
Risk of damage if the RF Ports are connected incorrectly. P1 P2 P3 P4
No RF power on CAL port allowed! Left CL CR Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 1LB nMB 460
1x Lowband | 8x Midband
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 1LB nMB 461
R1
R1
Y2 Y3 Y4
Y1 Y5
R1
Left Center Right
Unit Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 14.8 ± 1.0 15.0 ± 0.7
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 14.8 15.0
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 90 ± 18 84 ± 14
Vertical Beamwidth ° 7.2 ± 0.8 6.6 ± 0.8
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 16 ≥ 15
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 23 ≥ 22
Cross-polarization @ 0° ≥ 17 ≥ 18
Broadcast Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 15.5 ± 0.6 15.7 ± 0.5
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 15.5 15.7
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 64 ± 5 59 ± 4
Vertical Beamwidth ° 7.1 ± 0.4 6.5 ± 0.4
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 15 ≥ 15
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 26 ≥ 26
Cross-polarization @ 0° dB ≥ 26 ≥ 26
Cross-polarization @ ±60° dB ≥8 ≥8
Service Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 20.0 ± 0.5 20.7 ± 0.6
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 20.0 20.7
Horizontal Beamwidth @ 0°direction ° 25 ± 2 23 ± 2
Horizontal Sidelobe Suppression @ dB ≥ 13 ≥ 13
0°direction
Front-to-Back Ratio @ 0°direction dB ≥ 30 ≥ 30
Cross-polarization @ 0°direction dB ≥2 6 ≥ 26
Multi Beam
Gain dBi 19.3 ± 0.6 19.5 ± 0.5
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 31 ±3 29 ± 4
Vertical Beamwidth ° 7.0 ± 0.4 6.5 ± 0.5
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 15
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 25
Cross-polarization @ 0° dB ≥ 18
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 1LB nMB 466
160 | 6.3
1600 | 63.0
174 | 6.9
116 | 4.6
217 | 8.5
201 | 7.9
181 | 7.1
142 | 5.6
103 | 4.1
100 | 3.9
53 | 2.1
Bottom view
* Dimensiones refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
R1
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y1 3–4 R1
Y2 Y3 Y4
1695–2690 MHz Y2 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y3 7–8
1695–2690 MHz Y4 9–10
2300–2690 MHz Y5 11–18
Y1 Y5
R1
Left Center Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 1LB nMB 467
R1
R1
Y2 Y3 Y4
Y1 P1
R1
Left Center Right
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 25
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 25 (R1 // Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Max. Effective Power W 400
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 25
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 25 (Y1 // R1, Y2, Y3, Y4)
Max. Effective Power W 250
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 1LB nMB 469
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 25
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 25 (Y2 // R1, Y1, Y3, Y4)
Max. Effective Power W 250
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 25
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 25 (Y3 // R1, Y1, Y2, Y4)
Max. Effective Power W 250
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 1LB nMB 470
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 25
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 25 (Y4 // R1, Y1, Y2, Y3)
Max. Effective Power W 250
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Unit Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 13.3 ± 0.9 13.8 ± 0.7 14.0 ± 0.6 14.3 ± 0.7
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 13.2 13.7 14.0 14.2
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 80 ± 17 75 ± 15 70 ± 14 70 ± 11
Vertical Beamwidth ° 8.7 ±1 .8 8.5 ± 1.3 8.5 ± 1.0 8.2 ± 0.9
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 14 ≥ 14 ≥ 14 ≥ 15
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 24 ≥ 25 ≥ 24 ≥ 23
Cross-polarization @ 0° dB ≥ 17 ≥ 16 ≥ 16 ≥ 16
Broadcast Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 14.4 ± 0.9 14.9 ± 0.8 15.1 ± 0.8 15.4 ± 0.8
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 14.4 14.9 15.1 15.4
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 65 ±1 0 65 ± 10 65 ± 9 60 ± 9
Vertical Beamwidth ° 8.7 ± 1.8 8.5 ± 1.5 8.5 ± 1.3 8.2 ±1 .0
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 14 ≥ 15 ≥ 15 ≥ 14
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 24 ≥ 25 ≥ 25 ≥ 26
Cross-polarization @ 0° dB ≥ 19 ≥ 18 ≥ 18 ≥ 17
Cross-polarization @ ±60° dB ≥8 ≥8 ≥6 ≥5
Service Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 18.4 ±0 .9 19.4 ± 0.8 19.6 ± 0.8 19.9 ± 0.8
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 18.4 19.4 19.7 20.0
Horizontal Beamwidth @ 0°direction ° 23 ±2 23 ± 2 22 ± 2 22 ± 2
Horizontal Sidelobe Suppression @ dB ≥ 12 ≥ 12 ≥ 12 ≥ 12
0°direction
Front-to-Back Ratio @ 0°direction dB ≥ 28 ≥ 28 ≥ 27 ≥ 28
Cross-polarization @ 0°direction dB ≥ 18 ≥ 20 ≥ 20 ≥ 18
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 1LB nMB 471
alOutdoor
FDD + TDD AntennaFDD + TDD Antenna
All nuts and bolts: Stainless steel or
Directional
hot-dip galvanized steel.
JU02-Q-ES V1
Grounding:
ODSI-065R15MJJJJU02-Q-ES
The metal parts of the antenna
V1 kit and the
including the mounting
65°/80° Horizontal Beamwidth inner conductors are DC grounded.
• XXXXXXPol, 65°/65°/65°/65°/65°/80° Horizontal Beamwidth
0/1695-2690/1695-2690/3300-3800MHz
• 690-960/1695-2690/1695-2690/1695-2690/1695-2690/3300-3800MHz
Bi, E-Tilt: 2-16/2-12/2-12/2-12/2-12/2-12
• 14.6/14.8/14.6/15.0/15.0/14.0dBi, E-Tilt: 2-16/2-12/2-12/2-12/2-12/2-12
ated RCU
• 1Lx4H FDD/3.5G TDD, Integrated RCU
ns Outline Drawing
Connector Layout of interface
Position
1400x398x195 / 55.1x15.7x7.7
Configuration Types
mm) / (in) 398 / 67.3x19.3x10.4
1710x490x265
29.5 / 65.0 R1
Ib) 6.4 / 14.1
40.1 / 88.4 Y2 Y3 Y4
2x Lowband | 7x Midband
2x Lowband | 8x Midband
Antenna 6400 2L 10M 2.1m 2x 694–960 65 15.5 2–12 4.3-10, bottom 495
KRE 101 2447/1 2x 1427–2690 65 17.0 2–12
4x 2300–2690 90 15.3 2–12
4x 3300–3800 90 15.9 2–12
Antenna 7100 2L 10M 2.1m 2x 694–960 65 15.0 2–12 4.3-10, bottom 499
KRE 101 2446/1 2x 1427–2690 65 16.0 2–12
2x 1695–2180 65 17.1 2–12
2x 2490–2690 65 15.5 2–12
4x 3300–3800 90 15.8 2–12 MQ4 male, MQ5 male
Antenna 6800 2L 12M 2.7m 2x 694–960 65 16.0 2–12 4.3-10, bottom 504
KRE 101 2448/1 2x 1427–2690 65 16.5 2–12
2x 1695–2690 65 16.5 2–12
4x 2300–2690 90 16.3 2–12 M-LOC
4x 3300–3800 90 15.9 2–12
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 473
R1 R1
R1
Y1 Y2 R1
Y3
Y4
R1 R2
Left Center Right
Unit Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 14.4 ± 0.7 14.7 ± 0.6
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 14.4 14.7
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 86 ± 6 89 ± 6
Vertical Beamwidth ° 7.4 ± 0.7 6.9 ± 0.8
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 15 ≥ 16
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 24 ≥ 25
Cross-polarization @ 0° dB ≥ 16 ≥ 18
Broadcast Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 14.8 ± 0.5 15.3 ± 0.5
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 14.8 15.3
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 65 ± 5 63 ± 5
Vertical Beamwidth ° 7.3 ± 0.4 6.8 ± 0.4
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 15 ≥ 15
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 26 ≥ 26
Cross-polarization @ 0° dB ≥ 26 ≥ 26
Cross-polarization @ ±60° dB ≥8 ≥8
Service Beam
Gain Over All Tilts dBi 19.3 ± 0.5 20.3 ± 0.5
Gain Mid Tilt dBi 19.3 20.3
Horizontal Beamwidth @ 0°direction ° 25 ± 2 24 ± 2
Horizontal Sidelobe Suppression @ dB ≥ 12 ≥ 12
0°direction
Front-to-Back Ratio @ 0°direction dB ≥ 30 ≥ 30
Cross-polarization @ 0°direction dB ≥ 26 ≥ 26
Multi Beam
Gain dBi 19.0 ± 0.5 19.5 ± 0.6
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 31 ± 4 28 ± 4
Vertical Beamwidth ° 7.3 ± 0.4 6.8 ± 0.4
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 15
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 25
Cross-polarization @ 0° dB ≥ 17
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 11.1) requirements.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 478
1650 | 65
217 | 8.5
142 | 5.6
100 | 3.9
53 | 2.1
232 | 9.1
244 | 9.6
347 | 13.7
Bottom view
* Dimensiones refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
R1 R1
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4 R1
Y1 Y2 R1
Y3
1695–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
1695–2690 MHz Y3 9–10
2300–2690 MHz Y4 11–18
Y4
R1 R2
Left Center Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 479
Y2 Y4
P1 P2 P3 P4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
Beamforming Pattern
65° Broadcast Beam (TDD array example pattern) 0° Service Beam (TDD array example pattern)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 485
2046 | 80.6
1885 | 74.2
1999 | 78.7
85010110 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–10° 1
86010154 Site Sharing Adapter 3-way (see figure below)
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below)
86010162 Gender Adapter To be used in combination with the FlexRET 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender module 1
ES-RAE v2.2.0
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
4)
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather 1) 22 | 0.9
protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to 2) 150 | 5.9
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. 3) 142 | 5.6
4) 11 | 0.4
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded. All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 486
Layout of interface
448 | 17.6 *
Left Right
P1/2/3/4
- +
164 | 6.5 *
2300 2690 1427 2690 698 960 698 960 2300 2690 1427 2690
L 6 L 8 L 2 R 4 R 10 R 12
164 | 6.5
2300 2690 1427 2690 698 960 698 960 2300 2690 1427 2690
143 | 5.6
101 | 4.0
60 | 2.4
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
160 | 6.3
250 | 9.8
340 | 13.4
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4
2300–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1427–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
Y2 Y4
2300–2690 MHz Y3 9–10
1427–2690 MHz Y4 11–12
3300–3800 MHz P1 13.1–14.1
3300–3800 MHz P2 13.2–14.2 P1 P2 P3 P4
Y2 Y4
P1 P2 P3 P4
Y1 Y3
R1 R2
Left Right
Beamforming Pattern
65° Broadcast Beam (TDD array example pattern) 0° Service Beam (TDD array example pattern)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 493
2638 | 103.9
2477 | 97.5
2591 | 102
85010110 1 downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 0°–9° 1
86010154 Site Sharing Adapter 3-way (see figure below)
86010155 Site Sharing Adapter 6-way (see figure below)
86010162 Gender Adapter To be used in combination with the FlexRET 1
KRY 121 108/1 Port Extender module 1
AISG-ES-RAE v2.2.0
For downtilt mounting use the clamps for an appropriate mast diameter together with the downtilt kit.
Wall mounting: No additional mounting kit needed.
4)
Material: Reflector screen: Aluminum.
Fiberglass housing: It covers totally the internal antenna components. The special 1) 22 | 0.9
design reduces the sealing areas to a minimum and guarantees the best weather 2) 150 | 5.9
protection. Fiberglass material guarantees optimum performance with regards to 3) 142 | 5.6
stability, stiffness, UV resistance and painting. The color of the radome is light grey. 4) 11 | 0.4
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner conductors are
DC grounded. All dimensions
in mm | inches
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 494
Layout of interface
448 | 17.6 *
Left Right
P1/2/3/4
- +
164 | 6.5 *
2300 2690 1427 2690 698 960 698 960 2300 2690 1427 2690
L 6 L 8 L 2 R 4 R 10 R 12
164 | 6.5
2300 2690 1427 2690 698 960 698 960 2300 2690 1427 2690
143 | 5.6
101 | 4.0
60 | 2.4
142 | 5.6
150 | 5.9
160 | 6.3
250 | 9.8
340 | 13.4
Bottom view
* Dimensions refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
698–960 MHz R1 1–2
698–960 MHz R2 3–4
2300–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1427–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
2300–2690 MHz Y3 9–10 Y2 Y4 Y2 Y4
1427–2690 MHz Y4 11–12
3300–3800 MHz P1 13.1–14.1
3300–3800 MHz P2 13.2–14.2
P1 P2 P3 P4
3300–3800 MHz P3 13.3–14.3 P1
3300–3800 MHz P4 13.4–14.4 –
Y1 Y3 Y1 P4 Y3
R1 R2 R1 R2
Left Right Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 495
Preliminary Issue
Y3
Y1 P1 Y2
R1 R2
Left Bottom Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 496
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 28
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 28
Max. Effective Power W 300
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 25
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 25
Max. Effective Power W 250
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 497
Unit Beam
Gain dBi 14.7
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 90
Vertical Beamwidth ° 6.3
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 15
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 31
Broadcast Beam
Gain dBi 17.3
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 26
Vertical Beamwidth ° 6.2
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 14
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 33
Service Beam
Gain dBi 20.6
Horizontal Beamwidth @ 0°direction ° 26
Horizontal Sidelobe Suppression @ dB ≥ 18
0°direction
Front-to-Back Ratio @ 0°direction dB ≥ 33
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Unit Beam
Gain dBi 15.9
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 90
Vertical Beamwidth ° 6.6
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 15
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 28
Broadcast Beam
Gain dBi 17.1
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 56
Vertical Beamwidth ° 6.5
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 16
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 28
Service Beam
Gain dBi 20.9
Horizontal Beamwidth @ 0°direction ° 28
Horizontal Sidelobe Suppression @ dB ≥ 16
0°direction
Front-to-Back Ratio @ 0°direction dB ≥ 28
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 498
Layout of interface
Correlation Table
Protocol
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 499
Preliminary Issue
Y1 Y4
2x
Y2 Y3
B1 P1 B2
R1 R2
Left Bottom Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 500
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 27
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 27
Max. Effective Power W 250
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 26
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 26
Max. Effective Power W 150
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 501
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 27
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 26
Max. Effective Power W 200
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 27
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 27
Max. Effective Power W 150
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 502
Unit Beam
Gain dBi 15.8
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 82
Vertical Beamwidth ° 6.2
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 16
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 23
Broadcast Beam
Gain dBi 16.5
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 59
Vertical Beamwidth ° 6.1
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 17
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 23
Service Beam
Gain dBi 19.6
Horizontal Beamwidth @ 0°direction ° 31
Horizontal Sidelobe Suppression @ dB ≥ 16
0°direction
Front-to-Back Ratio @ 0°direction dB ≥ 26
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 503
Layout of interface
Correlation Table
Preliminary Issue
Y2 Y3 Y5
P2 P3
Y1 P1 Y4
R1 R2
Left Bottom Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 505
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 28
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 28
Max. Effective Power W 300
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 25
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 25
Max. Effective Power W 200
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
midband
Frequency Range MHz 1695 – 2180 2300 – 2690
Gain dBi 16.8 17.8
Horizontal Pattern:
Azimuth Beamwidth ° 70 60
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Cross Polar Discrimination
dB > 19 > 19
at Boresight
Vertical Pattern:
Elevation Beamwidth ° 7.1 5.5
Electrical Downtilt
° 2.0 – 12.0
continuously adjustable
First Upper Sidelobe
dB > 21 > 23
Suppression
Intra-Cluster Isolation dB ≥ 25
Port to Port Isolation dB ≥ 25
Max. Effective Power W 200
per Port
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 506
Unit Beam
Gain dBi 15.7
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 90
Vertical Beamwidth ° 4.8
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 19
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 31
Broadcast Beam
Gain dBi 17.4
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 52
Vertical Beamwidth ° 4.8
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 18
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 33
Service Beam
Gain dBi 21.2
Horizontal Beamwidth @ 0°direction ° 25
Horizontal Sidelobe Suppression @ dB ≥ 21
0°direction
Front-to-Back Ratio @ 0°direction dB ≥ 33
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Unit Beam
Gain dBi 15.9
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 90
Vertical Beamwidth ° 6.5
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 16
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 29
Broadcast Beam
Gain dBi 16.4
Horizontal Beamwidth ° 60
Vertical Beamwidth ° 6.5
Upper Sidelobe Suppression dB ≥ 16
Front-to-Back Ratio dB ≥ 24
Service Beam
Gain dBi 20.3
Horizontal Beamwidth @ 0°direction ° 24
Horizontal Sidelobe Suppression @ dB ≥ 16
0°direction
Front-to-Back Ratio @ 0°direction dB ≥ 29
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | TDD Configurations – 2LB nMB 507
Layout of interface
Correlation Table
Frequency range
Impedance Array Connector / Ports
694–960 MHz R1 1–2
Y2 Y3 Y5
694–960 MHz R2 3–4
1427–2690 MHz Y1 5–6
1695–2690 MHz Y2 7–8
P2 P3
2300–2690 MHz Y3 9–16
1427–2690 MHz Y4 17–18 Y1 P1 Y4
nMB Compact
Coverage
2x Midband
4x Midband
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Dual-Beam Configurations – nMB 509
Y1 Y2
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Dual-Beam Configurations – nMB 510
2) 1) ∅ 9 | 0.4
Remarks 1) 2) 64 | 2.5
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
731651 1 clamp Mast diameter: 28–60 | 1.1– .4 2
1254 | 49.4
1424 | 56.1
1454 | 57.2
Accessories (included in the scope of supply)
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
738546 1 clamp Mast diameter: 42–115 | 1.7–4.5 2
Adjustment
mechanism
For wall mounting: Azimuth Adjustment Kit 85010016. with integrated scale
For 3 Panel Arrangement: 3 Sector Clamp Kit 742034.
All dimensions
Please note: The dual-beam antenna must not be used in combination with any downtilt kit. in mm | inches
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Dual-Beam Configurations – nMB 512
Layout of interface
57 | 2.2
4.7 2.0
0| 5 0|
12
Y2
Y1
+
Y2
135 | 5.3
Y1
151 | 5.9
1 3
Y2
Ri
ft gh
Le t
Y1 2 4
1695 690
R 1695 - 269
t
Til Til
-2
t
L
0
381 | 15.0
Bottom view
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2
Left Right
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Dual-Beam Configurations – nMB 513
0°
Antenna I
0
Antenna I
Right
330° 30°
Left
3
300° 6 60°
10
20
270° 90°
Antenna II
Antenna III
Left
Right
240° 120°
Antenna I
m
0m t
47 Dou
For the above 3 Panel Arrangement please use the 3 Sector Clamp Kit 742034 (order separately).
3 Panel Arrangement
Mechanical specifications
Wind load (at Rated N| Frontal: 880 | 198
Wind Speed: 150 km/h) lbf Maximal: 880 | 198
Y2 Y4
Y1 Y3
Left Right
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Dual-Beam Configurations – nMB 515
Layout of interface
355 | 14
286 | 11.2
1800 | 70.8
1832 | 72.1
202 | 7.9
1250 | 49.2
170 |6.7
60 | 2.3
192 | 7.6
217 | 8.5
172 | 6.7
135 | 5.3
105 | 4.1
57 | 2.2
Bottom view
* Dimensiones refer to radome
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
Y2 Y4
1695–2690 MHz Y1 1–2
Multi Port
Antenna 9001 0L 2M 0.5m 2x 1695–2690 85 7.5 0 4.3-10, bottom and top 531
80010843
Omni
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 519
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 520
B1, connector 1 – 2
Frequency Range MHz 1695 – 1880 1850 – 1990 1920 – 2200
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 22 > 24 > 23
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
B2, connector 3 – 4
Frequency Range MHz 1695 – 1880 1850 – 1990 1920 – 2200
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 27 > 28 > 28
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
B3, connector 5– 6
Frequency Range MHz 1695 – 1880 1850 – 1990 1920 – 2200
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 23 > 25 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
B4, connector 7– 8
Frequency Range MHz 1695 – 1880 1850 – 1990 1920 – 2200
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 28 > 28 > 27
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
B5, connector 9– 10
Frequency Range MHz 1695 – 1880 1850 – 1990 1920 – 2200
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 23 > 24 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 23 > 24 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
864 | 34.0
378 | 14.9
251 | 9.9
Layout of interface
88.67 | 3.49
90 | 3.54
11 | 0.43
23.84 | 0.94
142 | 5.59
150 | 5.91
170 | 6.69
334 | 13.15
414 | 16.3
586 | 23.07
666 | 26.22
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 526
Y1, connector 1 – 2
Frequency Range MHz 2300 – 2400 2490 – 2690
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 23 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Y2, connector 3 – 4
Frequency Range MHz 2300 – 2400 2490 – 2690
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 27 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Y3, connector 5 – 6
Frequency Range MHz 2300 – 2400 2490 – 2690
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 28 > 26
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Y4, connector 7– 8
Frequency Range MHz 2300 – 2400 2490 – 2690
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 26 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 23 > 24
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
Horizontal Pattern:
Front-to-Back Ratio,
dB > 24 > 25
Total Power, ± 30°
Vertical Pattern:
864 | 34.0
378 | 14.9
251 | 9.9
Layout of interface
88.67 | 3.49
138 | 5.43
23.84 | 0.94
11 | 0.43
142 | 5.59
150 | 5.91
218 | 8.58
375 | 14.76
455 | 17.91
612 | 24.09
692 | 27.24
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 532
Impedance Ω 50 Ω
VSWR 1695 – 1710 MHz: < 1.6
1710 – 2200 MHz: < 1.5
2200 – 2690 MHz: < 1.6
Isolation, between all ports dB ≥ 25 (Intra- / Intersystem)
Intermodulation IM3 dBc < −153 (2 x 43 dBm carrier)
Max. power per input W 50 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Mast diameter
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
734360 2 clamps 34–60 | 1.3–2.4 1
734364 2 clamps 120–140 | 4.7–5.5 1
734365 2 clamps 45–125 | 1.8–4.9 1
end cap
Mounting instructions:
• Take off the end cap
• Unfasten the M5 screw (for unfasten the antenna element)
• Adjust the antenna element orientation by using a
13hex-head screw driver
• Fasten the M5 screw to fix the antenna element
• Assemble the angular connectors with final cable guiding
• Use tension bands (order separately) for pole mounting and
screws (incl.) for wall mounting
• Attach the end cap and fasten the M5 screw
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 535
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1:2
C
seines Inhaltes sind verboten,
D
Schadenersatz.
A
1
G
Modell 80010843_XXPOL_DATENBLATT_1
Status 01 ENTWICKLUNG -.1
Zeichnung 80010843_XXPOL_DATENBLATT_1
Status 01 ENTWICKLUNG -.0
Allgemeintoleran
Nur gültig mit Freigabestempel
Only valid with release-stamp
General Toleran
2
Tag/
Bearb.
Origin. 20.10
H
Gepr.
Check.
Database saved:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3
4
Modell
Zeichnung
Status
Status
Änderung
Change
01 ENTWICKLUNG
80010843_XXPOL_DATENBLATT_1
01 ENTWICKLUNG
80010843_XXPOL_DATENBLATT_1
9
Day
Tag Name
Check.
Gepr.
Origin.
Bearb.
General Tolerances
Allgemeintoleranz
83022 Rosenheim
20.10.14
Tag/Day
-.0
-.1
1:2
Surface No.
Oberfl.-Nr./
10
Weight
Gewicht [g]
Name
Jauch
Material No.
Material-Nr./
Benennung
Name
Number
Nummer/
X
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 536
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 537
180 | 7.1
Material: Radiator: Tin-plated copper.
Reflector: Weather-proof aluminum.
Radome: High impact plastic, color: Grey.
∅ 8.5 | 0.33
All screws and nuts: Stainless steel.
Mounting: Wall mounting: Now additional mounting kit needed.
For pipe mast mounting use clamps listed below (order separately).
428 | 16.9
400 | 15.7
371 | 14.6
Ice protection: The radiating system is protected by the radome. Due to its very sturdy
construction, the antenna remains operational even under icy conditions.
Grounding: All metal parts of the antenna as well as the inner conductor are DC
grounded.
79 | 3.1
Mast diameter
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
734360 2 clamps 34–60 | 1.3–2.4 1
734364 2 clamps 120–140 | 4.7–5.5 1
734365 2 clamps 45–125 | 1.8–4.9 1
70° 55°
10 10 10
dB
dB
dB
3 3 3
0 0 0
Antenna 9005 0L 2M
80010235
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 539
Max. Gain (Free Space) dBi 7.3 7.4 7.3 5.7 7.1
Horizontal Pattern Quasi Omni Quasi Omni Quasi Omni Quasi Omni Quasi Omni
Max. Deviation Max. Deviation Max. Deviation Max. Deviation Max. Deviation
from Circularity from Circularity from Circularity from Circularity from Circularity
±6 dB ±6 dB ±5 dB ±5 dB ±6 dB
Vertical Pattern Four main lobes Four main lobes Six main lobes Four main lobes Four main lobes
above ground level above ground level above ground level above ground level above ground level
Weight kg 3.2
Antenna Module lb 7.1
Weight kg 13.6
Complete System lb 30.0
Mounting:
Antenna Module
Follow the installation guidelines for Polieco Kio D400 / EN 124
with Radiating
top cover and frame. Feeder cable to be installed strain-relieved.
System
Maximum force 5 N per cable. Avoid mounting locations where
obstructions may have impact on the antenna performance, e.g.
parking cars.
Damping and Recommended tightening torque for the cover screws (2x):
Horizontal 50 Nm.
Adjustment Attention: Please follow the mounting and instruction guidelines
Element carefully. Liability cannot be assumed for damages as a result
of unsatisfactory fitting and installation, improper putting into
service, incorrect operation and maintenance, as well as any alte-
rations or modifications carried out by the operator and accessory
parts by the customer.
Top Frame
Remark:
All electrical values are stated for the complete system with top
frame and cover.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 540
Antenna 9005 0L 4M
80010234
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 541
Horizontal Pattern Quasi Omni Quasi Omni Quasi Omni Quasi Omni
Vertical Pattern Several main lobes Several main lobes Several main lobes Several main lobes
above ground level above ground level above ground level above ground level
Max. Effective Power per 20 (at 50 °C ambient 20 (at 50 °C ambient 10 (at 50 °C ambient 5 (at 50 °C ambient
Port W
temperature) temperature) temperature) temperature)
Weight kg 2.9
Antenna Module lb 6.4
Weight kg 13.3
Complete System lb 29.3
Remark:
All electrical values are stated for the complete system with top
frame and cover.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 542
P2
P1
Y1 Y2
O1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 543
Impedance Ω 50 Ω
VSWR < 1.5 < 1.5 < 1.5 < 1.7
Isolation Intrasystem > 23 > 23 > 23 > 20
dB
Intersystem > 28 > 28 > 28 > 28
Intermodulation dBc < −153 (2 x 43 dBm carrier)
Max. power per input W 150 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 9.6) requirements.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 544
Impedance Ω 50 Ω
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation Intrasystem > 25
dB
Intersystem > 28
Intermodulation dBc N/A
Max. power per input W 100 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Values based on NGMN-P-BASTA (version 9.6) requirements.
Impedance Ω 50
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation Intrasystem > 30
dB
Intersystem > 32
Intermodulation dBc N/A
Max. power per input W 2 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
Max. input power per radio* W 1 – – – –
Mechanical specifications
Input 10 x 4.3-10 female
Connector Position bottom
Adjustment Mechanism FlexRET,
continuously adjustable
Wind load (at Rated N | lbf Frontal: 255 | 58
Wind Speed: 150 km/h) Maximal: 255 | 58
Max. Wind Velocity km/h 242
mph 150
Height / Width / Depth mm 609 / 378 / 164
inches 24.0 / 14.9 / 6.5
Category of
XM (X-Medium)
Mounting Hardware
Weight kg 12.7
lb 28.0
Packing Size mm 810 / 412 / 255
inches 31.9 / 16.2 / 10.0
Scope of Supply Panel, FlexRET and clamps
for 42–115 mm |
1.7–4.5 inches diameter
609 | 23.98
666 | 26.22
86010155 Site Sharing 6-way (see figure below)
Adapter
Remarks
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches
85010111 2 clamps Mast diameter: 55–115 | 2.2–4.5 1
Layout of interface
388 | 15.28
176 | 6.93
233 | 9.17
3530-3720 3530-3720
3530-3720 3530-3720
∅
11
|
.4
33
150 | 5.91
Bottom view
All dimensions in mm | inches
Correlation Table
P2
Frequency range Array Connector / Ports
1695–2690 MHz Y1 1–2
1695–2690 MHz Y2 3–4
3530–3720 MHz P1 5–6 P1
Y1 Y2
3530–3720 MHz P2 7–8
5150–5925 MHz O1 9–10
O1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 547
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 548
Frequency range MHz 690 – 880 880 – 960 960 – 1695 1695 – 2200 2200 – 2490 2490 – 2690
VSWR < 1.6 < 1.5 < 1.5 < 1.5 < 1.5 < 1.5
Impedance Ω 50 50 50 50 50 50
Intermodulation IM3 dBc < −150 < −150 < −150 < −150 < −150 < −150
(2 x 43 dBm carrier)
62° 52°
Mechanical specifications
10 10 Input 1 x 7-16 female
3
dB
3
Wind load N | lbf Frontal 20 | 4
0 0 (at Rated Wind Lateral 210 | 47
Speed: 150 km/h) Rearside 30 | 7
Horizontal Pattern Vertical Pattern
Max. wind velocity km/h 241
1695 – 2690 MHz mph 150
dB
3 3
0 0
Mounting: The antenna can be mounted on tubular mast with supplied clamps:
Mast diameter Wind speed
mm | inches km/h | mph
30–70 | 1.2–2.8 < 200 | 124
48–70 | 1.9–2.8 < 241 | 150
Recommended Torque: MA = 25 Nm.
Please note: Ericsson does not recommend to use counter nuts.
Grounding: All metal parts of the antenna as well as the inner conductor are DC grounded.
Environmental tests: Ericsson antennas have passed environmental tests as recommended in ETS 300 019-2-4.
The homogenous design of Ericsson’s antenna families use identical modules and materials.
Extensive tests have been performed on typical samples and modules.
Pressure test: The antenna has passed a pressure test according to Official Journal of the European Communities
L245/171 from 12.09.2002 for the use of the antenna in train tunnels for high speed railways.
During test the antenna was subject to alternating pressure with a number of 1x106 alternations of load.
The antenna exceeds the standard as follows:
Pressure difference according to L245/171: 10 kPa
Pressure difference during test: 20 kPa
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 551
Frequency range MHz 790 – 870 870 – 960 1710 – 1880 1920 – 2170
Impedance Ω 50 50 50 50
Front-to-back ratio dB ≥ 25 ≥ 25 ≥ 27 ≥ 27
Integrated combiner The insertion loss is included in the given antenna gain values.
10 10
7-16
dB
dB
3 3
0 0
Horizontal Pattern Vertical Pattern
32° 32°
Mechanical specifations
Input 1 x 7-16 female
10 10
dB
3 3
0 0 Wind load
Horizontal Pattern Vertical Pattern (at Rated Wind N | lbf 200 | 45
Speed: 150 km/h)
1710 – 1880 MHz: –45° Polarization
Max. wind velocity km/h 215
mph 134
dB
3 3
0 0
Packing size mm 1350 x 260 x 220
Horizontal Pattern Vertical Pattern inches 53.1 x 10.2 x 8.7
1920 – 2170 MHz: –45° Polarization
22° 22°
10 10
dB
dB
3 3
0 0
Horizontal Pattern Vertical Pattern
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 552
191 | 7.5
Grounding: The metal parts of the antenna including the mounting kit and the inner
conductors are DC grounded.
Environmental conditions: Kathrein cellular antennas are designed to operate under the environmental
conditions as described in ETS 300 019-1-4 class 4.1 E. 64 |
2.5
The antennas exceed this standard with regard to the following items:
– Low temperature: –55 °C ∅ 220 | 8.7
– High temperature (dry): +60 °C
Environmental tests: The antenna has passed a pressure test and meets the requirements All dimensions in mm | inches
according to Official Journal of the European Communities L245/171 from
12.09.2002 for the use of the antenna in train tunnels for high speed rail-
ways. The antenna exceeds the standard as follows.
Pressure difference according to L245/171: 10 kPa
Pressure difference during test: 100 kPa (const. 24 h)
∅ 169 | 6.7
1184 | 46.6
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 554
Mechanical specifications
Input 1 x N female
Impedance Ω 50
Polarization Vertical
Weight g 150
lb 0.33
Radome diameter mm 20
inches 0.8
Height mm 115
inches 4.5
Grounding: All metal parts of the antenna and the mounting kit are
DC grounded. The inner conductor is not DC grounded.
78°
10
dB
Vertical Pattern
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 555
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 556
Input 1 x N female
VSWR MHz 694 – 864 864 – 894 894 – 960 1695 – 2700
< 2.0 < 2.2 < 2.5 < 2.0
Gain dBi 2
Impedance Ω 50
Polarization Vertical
Weight g 210
lb 0.46
Wind load N 6
(at 150 km/h) lbf 1.3
Radome diameter mm 30
inches 1.2
Height mm 202
inches 8.0
78°
10
dB
Vertical Pattern
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 557
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 558
Frequency range MHz 1710 – 1990 1920 – 2170 2170 – 2490 2490 – 2690
Polarization ° +45, −45 +45, −45 +45, −45 +45, −45
Gain dBi 2x5 2x5 2x5 2x5
Horizontal Pattern:
Half-power beam width Omni Omni Omni Omni
Deviation from circularity dB ±1 ±1 ±1.5 ±1.5
Vertical Pattern:
Half-power beam width ° 42 40 36 33
Electrical tilt ° 0, fixed
Impedance Ω 50
VSWR < 1.5
Isolation, between ports dB > 30
Intermodulation IM3 dBc < −153 (2 x 43 dBm carrier)
Max. power per input W 100 (at 50 °C ambient temperature)
3
Mechanical interface Flange connection 8 x M6
0
at a graduated diameter of
136 mm | 5.4 inches.
Horizontal Pattern Evenness of the opposite sur-
face: 0.5 mm | 0.02 inches
Packing size mm 742 x 220 x 219
inches 29.2 x 8.7 x 8.6
Height / diameter mm 691 / 100
inches 27.2 / 3.9
42°
10
dB
Vertical Pattern
0° electrical downtilt
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Special Configurations 559
691 | 27.2
class 4.1 E. The antennas exceed this standard with regard to the
694 | 27.3
following items:
• Low temperature: –55 °C
• High temperature (dry): +55 °C
64 | 2.5
1
64 | 2.5
All dimensions in mm | inches
All dimens
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 560
Multi-Band Combiners
Dual-Band Combiners
Multi-Band Combiners Triple-Band Combiners
Quad-Band Combiners
Hybrid Combiners
Hybrid Combiners
Single-Band TMAs
TMAs
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 690-2180 + 2400-2700 DC bypass all ports 7-16 575
78211180
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 690-2180 + 2400-2700 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 578
78211180V43
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 698-960, 1710-2200 + 2495-2690 DC bypass on all ports 7-16 581
KRF 102 301/2
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 698-960, 1710-2200 + 2495-2690 DC bypass on all ports 4.3-10
KRF 102 301/9
Dual-Band Combiner (8-4) 698-960, 1710-2200 + 2495-2690 DC bypass on all ports 4.3-10
KRF 102 301/10
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 694-862 + 880-960 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 588
78211430V43
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 703-788 + 791-960 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 596
78211470
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 703-788 + 791-960 DC bypass cross version 4.3-10 599
78211476
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 380-960 + 1427-3800 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 614
78211460
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 380-960 + 1427-3800 DC bypass cross version 4.3-10 617
78211466
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 470-960 + 1695-2700 DC bypass cross version 7-16 626
78210669
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 564
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 470-960 + 1695-2700 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 629
78210660V43
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 470-960 + 1710-2700 DC bypass cross version 4.3-10 632
78210669V43
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 1710-1880 + 1920-2200 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 640
78210620V43
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 1710-1880 + 1920-2200 DC bypass cross version 4.3-10 643
78210626V43
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 1427-1518 + 1710-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 649
78211530
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 1427-1518 + 1710-2690 DC bypass cross version 4.3-10 652
78211536
Dual-Band Combiner (2-1) 1427-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 660
78211790
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 1427-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass cross version 4.3-10 663
78211796
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 566
Dual-Band Combiner (8-4) 1850−1995 + 1695−1780, 2110−2360 DC bypass on all ports 4.3-10
KRF 102 409/2
Dual-Band Combiner (4-2) 1850−1995 + 1695−1780, 2110−2360 DC bypass on all ports 4.3-10
KRF 102 409/3
Dual-Band Combiner (8-4) 2300-2400 + 2496-2690 DC bypass on all ports 4.3-10 671
KRF 102 407/2
Triple-Band Combiner (3-1) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-3800 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 673
78211820
Triple-Band Combiner (6-2) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-3800 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211821
Triple-Band Combiner (6-2) 703-788 + 791-960 + 1427-3800 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211491
Triple-Band Combiner (3-1) 380-960 + 1427-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 685
78211450
Triple-Band Combiner (6-2) 380-960 + 1427-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211451
Triple-Band Combiner (6-2) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211561
Triple-Band Combiner (3-1) 380-960 + 1427-1518 + 1710-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 697
78211570
Triple-Band Combiner (6-2) 380-960 + 1427-1518 + 1710-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211571
Triple-Band Combiner (6-2) 1427-1880 + 1920-2360 + 2496-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211691
Triple-Band Combiner (6-2) 1427-1880 + 1920-2360 + 2496-2690 DC bypass cross version 4.3-10 706
78211696
Triple-Band Combiner (3-1) 1710-1880 + 1920-2170 + 2300-2700 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 712
78211400V43
Triple-Band Combiner (6-2) 1710-1880 + 1920-2170 + 2300-2700 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211401V43
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 720
78211580
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211581
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass 2300-2690 4.3-10
78211582
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass 2300-2690 4.3-10
78211583
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass 1920-2200 4.3-10
78211584
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass 1920-2200 4.3-10
78211585
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10 723
78211587 ‘First In - First Out’
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211587V01 ‘Priority Controlled’
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211587V02 ‘Exclusive User’
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211588 ‘First In - First Out’
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211588V01 ‘Priority Controlled’
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211588V02 ‘Exclusive User’
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 380-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2200 + 2300-2690 DC bypass cross version 4.3-10 726
78211589
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10 729
78211340
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC bypass all ports 4.3-10
78211341
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC bypass 1920-2690 4.3-10
78211342
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC bypass 1920-2690 4.3-10
78211343
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10 732
78211347 ‘First In - First Out’
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211347V01 ‘Priority Controlled’
Quad-Band Combiner (4-1) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211347V02 ‘Exclusive User’
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211348 ‘First In - First Out’
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211348V01 ‘Priority Controlled’
Quad-Band Combiner (8-2) 690-862 + 880-960 + 1427-1880 + 1920-2690 DC Auto-Sense 4.3-10
78211348V02 ‘Exclusive User’
Auto- Frequency / MHz
Type No. Connector type
Sense 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 2500 2600 2700 2800 2900 3000 4000
Dual-Band Combiners
7821118x(V43) / KRF102301 4.3-10 / 7-16 690 - 2180 2400 - 2700
Triple-Band Combiners
7821182x 4.3-10 ● 690 - 862 880 - 960 1427 - 3800
Quad-Band Combiners
7821158x 4.3-10 ● 380 - 960 1427 - 1880 1920 - 2200 2300 - 2690
7821134x 4.3-10 ● 690 - 862 880 - 960 1427 - 1880 1920 - 2690
Multi-Band Combiners – Overview
572
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 573
1)
ALD = Antenna Line Device
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 574
Green LED light indicates that this is the port / DC signal that is
bypassed to the common port.
Red light indicates that this port would also be supplied with a
DC/AISG signal, but the signal is blocked.
combine mode
• Simplification
Auto-Sense Combiners can be used for split and combine applications – one type for all DC bypass situations.
As soon as DC is connected to the combiner, the combiner will detect its role in the system and automatically
adjust the behavior accordingly.
For more detailed information please see the Auto-Sense quickguide on our website.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 575
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
Dual-Band Combiner
78211180, 78211181,
78211182, 78211183
690–2180 MHz
2400–2700 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 576
78211181 78211183
Double Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 690 – 2180
Band 2 MHz 2400 – 2700
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 dB < 0.2 (690 – 2180 MHz) typ. 0.1
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 dB < 0.15 (2400 – 2700 MHz) typ. 0.1
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 dB > 50 (690 – 2180 MHz), > 48 (2400 – 2700 MHz)
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 500/ < 500
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 mA By-pass (max. 2500) Stop
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 mA By-pass (max. 2500) By-pass (max. 2500)
Mounting Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
mm | in Single Unit: 141 x 119 x 48 | 5.6 x 4.7 x 1.9 / Double Unit: 141 x 119 x 99 | 5.6 x 4.7 x 3.9
Dimensions (w x h x d)
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 266 x 196 x 130 | 10.5 x 7.7 x 5.1 / Double Unit: 266 x 196 x 180 | 10.5 x 7.7 x 7.1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 577
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 578
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
Dual-Band Combiner
78211180V43, 78211181V43
78211182V43, 78211183V43
690–2180 MHz
2400–2700 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 579
Diagram II
48
66
22
40
98,5
50,5
116,5
Dimensions [mm]
22
40
48
66
181,9
22
119
40
141
102
35
64
98,5
50,5
116,5
50
22
40
27,25
27,25
181,9
236
119
206
94
8,5
141
102
35
64
122
65
50
7
27,25
27,25
15
236
206
94
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 581
Dual-Band Combiner
KRF 102 301/2, KRF 102 301/9, KRF 102 301/10
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 582
Type No. KRF 102 301/2 KRF 102 301/9 KRF 102 301/10
Double Unit Double Unit Quad Unit
Electrical Specifications**
Frequency range
- Low port: MHz 698 – 960 / 1710 – 2200
- High port: 2495 – 2690
All ports
Return loss: > 20
dB
Isolation: > 55 (698–2200 MHz)
> 55 (2495–2500 MHz)
Impedance Ω 50
Intermodulation
IM3 (at 2x43 dBm): < −114
dBm
IM5 (at 2x43 dBm): < −123
IM7 (at 2x43 dBbm): < −123
DC + AISG transparency
Maximum DC voltage: Vdc 40
Maximum DC current: A 3
Mechanical Specifications
Weight kg 4 4 7.3
RF connectors 7-16 (f), long neck 4.3-10 (f), long neck 4.3-10 (f), long neck
Environmental Specifications**
IP class IP67
* Typical values
** Common values for all variants
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 583
AUTO-
SENSE
Dual-Band Combiner
78211287V43, 78211287V44, 78211287V45
78211288V43, 78211288V44, 78211288V45
698–806 MHz
824–960 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 584
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency clamps
78211287V43 78211288V43
1. First In - First Out Function included
78211287V44 78211288V44
2. Priority Controlled Function
78211287V45 78211288V45
3. Exclusive User Function
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 698 – 806
Band 2 MHz 824 – 960
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.3 (698 – 796 MHz); < 0.5 (796 – 806 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.5 (824 – 834 MHz); < 0.3 (834 – 960 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←
→ Port 2 dB > 50
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 300
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Windload (at Rated Wind N | lbf Single Unit: 49 | 11.0 (frontal) Double Unit: 49 | 11.0 (frontal)
Speed: 150 km/h) N | lbf Single Unit: 15 | 3.4 (lateral) Double Unit: 40 | 9.0 (lateral)
Single Unit: 153 x 171 x 81 | 6.0 x 6.7 x 3.2 / Double Unit: 153 x 171 x 167 | 6.0 x 6.7 x 6.5
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 365 x 235 x 160 | 14.4 x 9.3 x 6.3 / Double Unit: 365 x 235 x 245 |
14.4 x 9.3 x 9.6
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 585
Diagram II
42,2 37
80,5
91
64
Dimensions [mm]
42,2 37
165,5
177,5
150,5
80,5
91
65,5
64
15
9
165,5
31
59
40
153
177,5
150,5
65,5
249,4
42,2 37 264,7
284,7
15
9
31
59
0
3
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 586
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
KRF 102 378/2 , KRF 102 378/12
698–803 MHz
824–894 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 587
Electrical Specifications*
Frequency range
- Low port: MHz 698–803 (B28, B12-B14, B17)
- High port: 824–894 (B5)
Isolation dB > 50
Power handling
- Continuous: dBm 53
- Peak: 61
Environmental Specifications*
Dual-Band Combiner
78211430V43, 78211431V43, 78211432V43
78211433V43, 78211434V43, 78211435V43
694–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 589
694 - 862 880 - 960 694 - 862 880 - 960 694 - 862 880 - 960
Attenuation / dB
734360 mm | in 34–60 | 1.34–2.36
10
694 - 862 880 - 960
734364 mm | in 120–140 | 4.72–5.51 20
734365 mm | in 45–125 | 1.77–4.92 30
40
50
Type No. Description 60
70
78210484 50-Ohm load
80
78211000 DC stop
90
100
680 710 740 770 800 830 860 890 920 950 980
Frequency / MHz
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
0
Attenuation / dB
0.5
694 - 862 880 - 960
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
Dimensions [mm]
4
4.5
5
680 710 740 770 800 830 860 890 920 950 980
Frequency / MHz
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 591
AUTO-
SENSE
Dual-Band Combiner
78211437V43, 78211437V44, 78211437V45
78211438V43, 78211438V44, 78211438V45
694–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 592
Port 3
Priority table for the variants 78211437V44 and 78211438V44
with Priority Controlled Function
694-862 MHz Priority 1 (highest)
880-960 MHz Priority 2 (lowest)
For more information see Auto-Sense quick guide later in this DC / AISG
datasheet. Auto-Sense
Port 1 Port 2
694 - 862 880 - 960
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency 78211437V43 78211438V43
1. First In - First Out Function 78211437V44 78211438V44
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211437V45 78211438V45
3. Exclusive User Function Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 694 – 862
Band 2 MHz 880 – 960
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.4, typically 0.2 (694 – 862 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.4, typically 0.2 (880 – 960 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←
→ Port 2 dB > 45 (694 – 862 MHz / 880 – 960 MHz)
VSWR < 1.25 (694 – 862 / 880 – 960 MHz)
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 300
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −55 ... +60 | −67 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Mounting mm | in Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Weight kg | lb Single Unit: 3.2 | 7.1 / Double Unit: 6.4 | 14.1
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Single Unit: 200 x 214 x 84 | 7.9 x 8.4 x 3.3
Double Unit: 200 x 214 x 173 | 7.9 x 8.4 x 6.8
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 395 x 260 x 163 | 15.6 x 10.2 x 6.4 / Double Unit: 395 x 260 x 253 |
15.6 x 10.2 x 10.0
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 593
Attenuation / dB
734364 mm | in 120–140 | 4.72–5.51
10
694 - 862 880 - 960
734365 mm | in 45–125 | 1.77–4.92 20
30
40
50
Type No. Description 60
70
78210484 50-Ohm load
80
78211000 DC stop 90
100
680 710 740 770 800 830 860 890 920 950 980
Frequency / MHz
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Attenuation / dB
0.5
694 - 862 880 - 960
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
680 710 740 770 800 830 860 890 920 950 980
Frequency / MHz
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 594
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
KRF 102 405/2
694–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 595
Electrical Specifications
Frequency range
- Low port: MHz 694–862
- High port: 880–960
Isolation dB > 50
Power handling
- Continuous power, max: dBm 53
- Peak power: 61
Mechanical Specifications
Weight kg 5.3
Environmental Specifications
Sealing IP67
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
Dual-Band Combiner
78211470, 78211471, 78211472
78211473, 78211474, 78211475
703–788 MHz
791–960 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 597
703 – 788 791 – 960 703 – 788 791 – 960 703 – 788 791 – 960
Diagram II
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
703-788 MHz 791-960 MHz
2x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
88
106
Dimensions [mm]
60,4
15
8,5
2x
Kuppler 4.3-10
7
56,4
102
35
64
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
7,3
83,8
4x
88
106
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
300,4 2x
177,5
15
8,5
4x
7
56,4
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
257,4
15
102
35
64
8,5
7,3
83,8
7
56,4
257,4
2x
177,5
102
35
64
Kuppler 4.3-10
195,5
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
300,4
60,4
367,3
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8 390,4
60,4 300,2
60,4 420,4
149,9 367,3
149,9
390,4
420,4
15
8,5
7
56,4
257,4
102
35
64
7,3
83,8
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
60,4 300,2
60,4
149,9 367,3
149,9
390,4
420,4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 599
Unit 2
Unit 1
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
78211476
703–788 MHz
791–960 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 600
Unit 1 Unit 2
Diagram II
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
703-788 MHz 791-960 MHz
Dimensions [mm]
4x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
2x
177,5
Kuppler 4.3-10
195,5
15
5
8,
7
56,4
257,4
102
35
64
7,3
83,8
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
60,4 300,2
60,4
149,9 367,3
149,9
390,4
420,4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 602
AUTO-
SENSE
Dual-Band Combiner
78211477, 78211477V01, 78211477V02
78211478, 78211478V01, 78211478V02
703–788 MHz
791–960 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 603
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency 78211477 78211478
1. First In - First Out Function 78211477V01 78211478V01
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211477V02 78211478V02
3. Exclusive User Function Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 703 – 788
Band 2 MHz 791 – 960
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.3 (703 – 777 MHz) / < 0.5 (777 – 784 MHz) / < 1.3 (784 – 788 MHz), typically 0.3
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB < 1.3 (791 – 798 MHz) / < 0.5 (798 – 802 MHz) / < 0.4 (802 – 960 MHz), typically 0.4
Isolation dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 200 / < 200
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +60 | −40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←→ Port3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Port 2 ←→ Port3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 | 0.315 diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp
Mounting mm | in
set
Weight kg | lb Single Unit: 6.3 | 13.9 / Double Unit: 12.2 | 26.9
Single Unit: 258 x 301 x 88 | 10.2 x 11.9 x 3.5
Dimensions mm | in Double Unit: 258 x 301 x 178 | 10.2 x 11.9 x 7.0
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Single Unit: 477 x 334 x 175 | 18.8 x 13.1 x 6.9
Packing size mm | in
Double Unit: 477 x 334 x 265 | 18.8 x 13.1 x 10.4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 604
Diagram II
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
703-788 MHz 791-960 MHz
367,3
300
367,3
300
4x 2x
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10 367,3
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Jack (f) 4.3-10
300
367,3 4x 2x
420,4 Kuppler 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
300
390,4 Jack (f) 4.3-10 Jack (f) 4.3-10
420,4
390,4
257,4
367,3
122
102
64
28
7
300
8,5
15
4x 2x
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
257,4
122
102
15
420,4
390,4
8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 605
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
Dual-Band Combiner
78210970V43, 78210971V43, 78210972V43
78210973V43, 78210974V43, 78210975V43
790–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 606
Pass band
Band 1 790 – 862 MHz
Band 2 880 – 960 MHz
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 < 0.4 dB, typically 0.2 dB (790 – 862 MHz)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 < 0.4 dB, typically 0.2 dB (880 – 960 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 > 50 dB (790 - 862 MHz / 880 – 960 MHz)
VSWR < 1.25 (790 – 862 / 880 – 960 MHz)
Impedance 50 Ω
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 < 200 W / < 200 W
Intermodulation products < -160 dBc (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range -40 ... +60 °C
Connectors 4.3-10 female (long neck)
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 By-pass (max. 2500 mA) Stop By-pass (max. 2500 mA)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 By-pass (max. 2500 mA) By-pass (max. 2500 mA) Stop
Lightning protection 3 kA, 10/350 µs pulse
Mounting Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Weight Single Unit: 2.6 kg / Double Unit: 5.1 kg
Packing size Single Unit: 392 x 272 x 139 mm / Double Unit: 392 x 272 x 189 mm
Dimensions (w x h x d) Single Unit: 177.4 x 52.35 x 209.4 mm / Double Unit: 177.4 x 108.35 x 209.4 mm
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 607
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 608
AUTO-
SENSE
Dual-Band Combiner
78210977V43, 78210977V44, 78210977V45
78210978V43, 78210978V44, 78210978V45
790–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 609
Type No.
78210977V43 78210978V43
DC/AISG transparency
78210977V44 78210978V44
1. First In - First Out Function
78210977V45 78210978V45
2. Priority Controlled Function
Single Unit Double Unit
3. Exclusive User Function
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 790 – 862
Band 2 MHz 880 – 960
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.4 (790 – 862 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.4 (880 – 960 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 dB > 50
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 300
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +60 | −40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Mounting mm | in Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 | 0.315 diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp
set
Weight kg | lb Single Unit: 2.9 | 6.4 / Double Unit: 5.8 | 12.7
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Single Unit: 177 x 70 x 209 | 7.0 x 2.8 x 8.2 / Double Unit: 177 x 146 x 209 | 7.0 x 5.7 x 8.2
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 392 x 272 x 165 | 15.4 x 10.7 x 6.5 / Double Unit: 392 x 272 x 240 | 15.4 x 10.7 x 9.5
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 610
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 611
Unit 2
Unit 1
Dual-Band Combiner
78210979V43
790–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 612
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 614
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
Dual-Band Combiner
78211460, 78211461, 78211462,
78211463, 78211464, 78211465
380–960 MHz
1427–3800 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 615
Diagram II
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
380-960 MHz 1427-3800 MHz
Dimensions [mm]
231
235
15
15
7
7
38
38
286
266 290
249,9
270
Erdungsschraube M8
249,9
183 Grounding screw M8
183 Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
117
59
40
117
59
40
9
3x 6x
4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler
4.3-10 connector 4.3-10 connector
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 617
Unit 2
Unit 1
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
78211466
380–960 MHz
1427–3800 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 618
380 – 960 MHz 1427 – 3800 MHz 380 – 960 MHz 1427 – 3800 MHz
Unit 1 Unit 2
Diagram II
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
380-960 MHz 1427-3800 MHz
Dimensions [mm]
235
15
7
38
290
270
249,9
183 Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
117
59
40
6x
4.3-10 Kuppler
4.3-10 connector
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 620
AUTO-
SENSE
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
Single Unit Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
78211467, 78211467V01, 78211467V02
78211468, 78211468V01, 78211468V02
380–960 MHz
1427–3800 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated Auto-Sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 621
Port 3
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211467 78211468
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211467V01 78211468V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211467V02 78211468V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 380 – 960
Band 2 MHz 1427 – 3800
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.2 (380 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.2 (1427 – 3800 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←
→ Port 2 dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 300 / < 200 (1427 – 2700 MHz); < 100 (2700 – 3800 MHz)
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +60 | −40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Wind load (at Rated Wind N | lbf frontal: 42 | 9 frontal: 42 | 9
Speed 150 km/h | 93 mph) lateral: 11 | 2 lateral: 31 | 7
Mounting mm | in Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 | 0.315 diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp
set
Weight kg | lb Single Unit: 1.7 | 3.7 / Double Unit: 3.4 | 7.5
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Single Unit: 183 x 117 x 55 | 7.2 x 4.6 x 2.2; Double Unit: 183 x 117 x 115 | 7.2 x 4.6 x 4.5
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 353 x 181 x 129 | 13.9 x 7.1 x 5.1 / Double Unit: 353 x 181 x 188 | 13.9 x 7.1 x 7.4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 622
Diagram II
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
380-960 MHz 1427-3800 MHz
54,4
70,4
30,8
22
52,5
28 22
90,8
54,4
30,8
29,4
30
70,4
30,8
235
22
15
52,5
28 22
7
38
130,4
89,4
90,8
290
270
30,8
29,4
30
249,9
183 Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
235
15
7
117
59
40
38
6x
4.3-10 Kuppler
4.3-10 connector
290
270
249,9
183 Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
117
59
40
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 623
Dual-Band Combiner
78210660, 78210661, 78210662,
78210663, 78210664, 78210665
470–960 MHz
1695–2700 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 624
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 470 – 960
Band 2 MHz 1695 – 2700
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.1 (470 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.1 (1695 – 2700 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 dB > 55 (470 – 960 MHz) / > 65 (1695 – 2700 MHz)
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 650 / < 350
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 mA By-pass (max. 2500) Stop By-pass (max. 2500)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 mA By-pass (max. 2500) By-pass (max. 2500) Stop
Mounting Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Single Unit: 126 x 145 x 38 | 5.0 x 5.7 x 1.5 / Double Unit: 126 x 145 x 93 | 5.0 x 5.7 x 3.7
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 285 x 157 x 93 | 11.2 x 6.2 x 3.7 / Double Unit: 285 x 157 x 148 | 11.2 x 6.2 x 5.8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 625
1695 2700
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
1695
1695 2700
Dimensions [mm]
Side view
37,5
Single Unit
52,5
20
35
92,5
55
Side view
Double Unit
20
35
140 9
125,9
60
40
Top view
Single Unit,
Double Unit
206,4
224
244
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 626
Unit 2
Unit 1
Dual-Band Combiner
78210669
470–960 MHz
1695–2700 MHz
• Designed to support separate DC/AISG supply for a low-band and high-band DTMA
via 2 feeder cables (see application)
• Enables feeder sharing
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Double unit for XPol antennas
• Built-in lightning protection
• Extremely small dimensions and low weight
• Very low insertion loss
• High input power
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 627
Port 3 Port 3
DC/AISG By-pass
DC/AISG By-pass
Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2
470 - 960 1695 - 2700 470 - 960 1695 - 2700
Unit 1 Unit 2
78210669
Type No.
Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 470 – 960
Band 2 MHz 1695 – 2700
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.1 (470 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.1 (1695 – 2700 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 dB > 55 (470 – 960 MHz) / > 65 (1695 – 2700 MHz)
VSWR (all ports) < 1.2 (470 – 960 / 1695 – 2700 MHz)
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 W < 650
Band 2 W < 350
Intermodulation products dBc < –160 (3rd order with 2 x 20 W)
Mounting
Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter) /
Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Weight
kg | lb 2.4 | 5.3
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
1695
Dimensions [mm]
92,5
55
20
35
140 9
125,9
60
40
206,4
224
244
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 629
Dual-Band Combiner
78210660V43, 78210661V43, 78210662V43
78210663V43, 78210664V43, 78210665V43
470–960 MHz
1695–2700 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 630
470
470 -- 960
960 1695
1695 -- 2700
2700 470 -- 960
470 960 1695
1695-- 2700
2700 470 -- 960
470 960 1695
1695--2700
2700
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 dB < 0.1 (470 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 dB < 0.1 (1695 – 2700 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←
→ Port 2 dB > 55 (470 – 960 MHz) / > 65 (1695 – 2700 MHz)
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 300 / < 300
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 mA By-pass (max. 2500) Stop By-pass (max. 2500)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 mA By-pass (max. 2500) By-pass (max. 2500) Stop
Mounting Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Single Unit: 126 x 145 x 38 | 5.0 x 5.7 x 1.5 / Double Unit: 126 x 145 x 93 | 5.0 x 5.7 x 3.7
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 285 x 157 x 93 | 11.2 x 6.2 x 3.7 / Double Unit: 285 x 157 x 148 | 11.2 x 6.2 x 5.8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 631
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 632
Unit 2
Unit 1
Dual-Band Combiner
78210669V43
470–960 MHz
1695–2700 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 633
38
52,5
20
35
1695
20
35
145
59
40
126
213
224
244
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 635
AUTO-
SENSE
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
Dual-Band Combiner
78211627, 78211627V01, 78211627V02
78211628, 78211628V01, 78211628V02
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-Sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 636
Port 1 Port 2
1427 – 1880 1920 – 2690
Technical Data
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211627 78211628
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211627V01 78211628V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211627V02 78211628V02
Unit Single Double Single
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 1427 – 1880
Band 2 MHz 1920 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←
→ Port 4 dB < 0.3 (1427 – 1880 MHz) typ. 0.2 dB
Port 2 ←
→ Port 4 dB < 0.35 (1920 – 2690 MHz) typ. 0.2 dB
Isolation dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 300
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3 order; with 2 x 20 W)
rd
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 638
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
KRF 102 386/8
1710–1880 MHz
1920–2690 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 639
Electrical Specifications**
Frequency range
- Low port (B3): MHz 1710 − 1880
- High port (B1/B7): 1920 − 2690
Isolation dB > 50
DC + AISG transparency
- Maximum DC voltage: V DC 40
- Maximum DC current: A 3
Mechanical Specifications
Weight kg 5.1
Mounting alternatives Rail, pole, or wall mounting (Rail bracket ordered separately)
Environmental Specifications**
IP class IP67
* Typical values
** Common values for both variants
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 640
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
Dual-Band Combiner
78210620V43, 78210621V43, 78210622V43
78210623V43, 78210624V43, 78210625V43
1710–1880 MHz
1920–2200 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 641
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Dimensions [mm]
Side view
Single Unit
Side view
Double Unit
Top view
Single Unit,
Double Unit
Bottom view
Single Unit,
Double Unit
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 643
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
78210626V43
1710–1880 MHz
1920–2200 MHz
• Designed to support separate DC/AISG supply for a low-band and high-band DTMA
via 2 feeder cables (see application)
• Enables feeder sharing
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Double unit for XPol antennas
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 644
Pass band
Band 1 (GSM 1800) MHz 1710 – 1880
Band 2 (UMTS) MHz 1920 – 2200
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 dB < 0.3 (1710 – 1880 MHz)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 dB < 0.3 (1920 – 2200 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 dB > 55 (1710 – 1880 MHz) / > 50 (1920 – 2200 MHz)
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
W
Band 1 / Band 2 < 300 / < 300
Intermodulation products dBc < –160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C –55 ... +60 | –67 ... +140
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 646
AUTO-
SENSE
Dual-Band Combiner
78210627V43, 78210627V44, 78210627V45
78210628V43, 78210628V44, 78210628V45
1710–1880 MHz
1920–2200 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and
bypass functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 647
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78210627V43 78210628V43
2. Priority Controlled Function 78210627V44 78210628V44
3. Exclusive User Function 78210627V45 78210628V45
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
MHz 1710 – 1880
Band 1
MHz 1920 – 2200
Band 2
Insertion loss
dB < 0.3 (1710 – 1880 MHz)
Port 1 ←→ Port 3
dB < 0.3 (1920 – 2200 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Isolation
dB > 55 (1710 – 1880 MHz) / > 50 (1920 – 2200 MHz)
Port 1 ←→ Port 2
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
W < 300 / < 300
Band 1 / Band 2
Mounting mm | in Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 | 0.315 diameter) / Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Grounding M8 stud
Single Unit: 164 x 195 x 63 | 6.4 x 7.7 x 2.5 / Double Unit: 164 x 195 x 129 | 6.4 x 7.7 x 5.1
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 392 x 272 x 139 | 15.4 x 10.7 x 5.5 / Double Unit: 392 x 272 x 189 | 15.4 x 10.7 x 7.4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 648
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 649
Dual-Band Combiner
78211530, 78211531, 78211532,
78211533, 78211534, 78211535
1427–1518 MHz
1710–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 650
1427 - 1518 1710 - 2690 1427 - 1518 1710 - 2690 1427 - 1518 1710 - 2690
Diagram II
Port 1 ←→PortPort 33
1 ↔ Port Port 2
Port 2 ↔ Port 3←
→ Port 3
1427-1518 MHz 1710-2690 MHz
Dimensions [mm]
2x 4x
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10 2x
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
308 308
18 190 18 52 190 52
58
15
3
3
122
102
176
122
102
35
35
64
64
7
7
15
8,5 8,5
Unit 2
Unit 1
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
78211536
1427–1518 MHz
1710–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 653
Unit 1 Unit 2
Diagram II
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
1427-1518 MHz 1710-2690 MHz
Dimensions [mm]
2x 4x
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Jack (f) 4.3-10
2x 4x
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Jack (f) 4.3-10
308
278
50 260,9 136
18 190 52
308
134 278
50 260,9 136
18 190 52
15
58
122
102
15
35
64
3
3
176
122
102
35
64
8,5
8,5
76,5
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8 (160,5)
178,5 76,5
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8 (160,5)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 655
AUTO-
SENSE
Dual-Band Combiner
78211537, 78211537V01, 78211537V02
78211538, 78211538V01, 78211538V02
1427–1518 MHz
1710–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 656
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211537 clamps 78211538
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211537V01 included 78211538V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211537V02 78211538V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 1427 – 1518
Band 2 MHz 1710 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 dB < 0.2 (1427 – 1518)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 dB < 0.3 (1710 – 2690)
Isolation dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 200
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +60 | -40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Mounting mm | in Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 | 0.315 [mm | in] diameter)
Mast mounting: With included clamp set
Weight kg | lb Single unit : 3.2 | 7.1
Double unit: 6.3 | 13.9
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Single unit: 190 x 176 x 77 | 7.5 x 7.0 x 3.0
Double unit: 190 x 176 x 161 | 7.5 x 7.0 x 6.3
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single unit: 375 x 245 x 160 | 14.8 x 9.7 x 6.3
Double unit: 375 x 245 x 245 | 14.8 x 9.7 x 9.7
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 657
Diagram II
Port 1 ↔ Port 3 Port 2 ↔ Port 3
1427-1518 MHz 1710-2690 MHz
Dimensions [mm]
94,5
34
52
50
178,5
134
136
34
52
50
308
278
260,9
190
15
58
3
3
122
102
35
64
176
7
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 658
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
KRF 102 419/1
1427–1518 MHz
1710–2690 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 659
Electrical Specifications
Frequency range
- Low port: MHz 1427 − 1518
- High port: 1710 − 2690
Isolation dB > 50
DC configuration Bypass
Mechanical Specifications
Weight kg 4
Volume L 2.4
Mounting options Rail, pole, or wall mounting (Rail bracket ordered separately)
Environmental Specifications
IP class IP67
* Typical values
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 660
Dual-Band Combiner
78211790, 78211791, 78211792
78211793, 78211794, 78211795
1427–2200 MHz
2300–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 661
1427 – 2200 MHz 2300 – 2690 MHz 1427 – 2200 MHz 2300 – 2690 MHz 1427 – 2200 MHz 2300 – 2690 MHz
Pass ban
MHz 1427 – 2200
Band 1
MHz 2300 – 2690
Band 2
Insertion loss
dB < 0.2 (1427 – 2200 MHz)
Port 1 ←→ Port 3
dB < 0.2 (2300 – 2690 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3
Isolation dB > 50
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
W < 300
Band 1 / Band 2
DC/AISG transparency
mA
Port 1 ←
→ Port 3 By-pass (max. 2500) Stop By-pass (max. 2500)
mA
Port 2 ←
→ Port 3 By-pass (max. 2500) By-pass (max. 2500) Stop
Mounting mm | in Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 | 0.315 diameter) / Mast mounting: With clamp set
Packing size Single Unit: 392 x 272 x 155 | 15.4 x 10.7 x 6.1
mm | in
Double Unit: 392 x 272 x 220 | 15.4 x 10.7 x 8.7
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 662
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 663
Unit 2
Unit 1
Double Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
78211796
1427–2200 MHz
2300–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 664
1427 – 2200 MHz 2300 – 2690 MHz 1427 – 2200 MHz 2300 – 2690 MHz
Unit 1 Unit 2
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 666
AUTO-
SENSE
Dual-Band Combiner
78211797, 78211797V01, 78211797V02
78211798, 78211798V01, 78211798V02
1427–2200 MHz
2300–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 667
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211797 78211798
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211797V01 78211798V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211797V02 78211798V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 1427 – 2200
Band 2 MHz 2300 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.2 (1427 – 2200 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB < 0.2 (2300 – 2690 MHz)
Isolation dB > 50
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 W < 300
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 669
Dual-Band Combiner
KRF 102 409/1, KRF 102 409/2, KRF 102 409/3
1850–1995 MHz
1695–1780 MHz, 2110–2360 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 670
Type No. KRF 102 409/1 KRF 102 409/2 KRF 102 409/3
Double Unit Quad Unit Double Unit
Electrical Specifications**
Frequency range
- B2/B25: 1850 − 1995
MHz
- B66: 1695 − 1780
- B66/B30: 2110 − 2360
Insertion loss
- B2/B25: dB < 0.20*
- B66/B30: < 0.15*
Isolation dB > 40
Power handling
- Continuous power: dBm 50
- Peak power: 58
Mechanical Specifications
Environmental Specifications**
IP class IP67
* Typical values
** Common values for all variants
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 671
Quad Unit
Dual-Band Combiner
KRF 102 407/2, KRF 102 407/3
2300–2400 MHz
2496–2690 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 672
Electrical Specifications
Frequency range
- Low port: MHz 2300 − 2400
- High port: 2496 − 2690
Insertion loss
- Low port: dB < 0.25
- High port: < 0.20
Isolation dB > 55
Intermodulation
- IM3 at 2×43 dBm: dBm < −106
- IM5 at 2×43 dBm: < −121
DC + AISG transparency
- Maximum DC voltage V 40
- Maximum DC current A 3
DC configuration Bypass
Mechanical Specifications
Volume L 3.6
Mounting alternatives Rail, pole, or wall mounting (Rail bracket ordered separately)
Environmental Specifications
IP class IP67
AUTO-
SENSE
Triple-Band Combiner
78211820, 78211821, 78211822,
78211823, 78211824, 78211825
690–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
1427–3800 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 674
Port
Port
Port
4 44 Port
Port
Port
4 44 Port
Port
Port
4 44
Port
Port
Port
1 1 1 Port
Port
Port
2 2 2 Port
Port
Port
3 33 Port
Port
Port
1 1 1 Port
Port
Port
2 2 2 Port
Port
Port
3 33 Port
Port
Port
1 1 1 Port
Port
Port
2 2 2 Port
Port
Port
3 33
690 690
– 862
690
– 862
– 862880 880
– 960
880
– 960
– 960
14271427
–1427
3800
– 3800
– 3800 690 690
– 862
690
– 862
– 862880 880
– 960
880
– 960
– 960
14271427
–1427
3800
– 3800
– 3800 690 690
– 862
690
– 862
– 862880 880
– 960
880
– 960
– 960
14271427
–1427
3800
– 3800
– 3800
Technical Data
Dimensions [mm]
Diagram III
Diagram IV
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 676
AUTO-
SENSE
Triple-Band Combiner
78211827, 78211827V01, 78211827V02
78211828, 78211828V01, 78211828V02
690–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
1427–3800 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated Auto-Sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 677
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211827 78211828
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211827V01 78211828V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211827V02 78211828V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 690 – 862
Band 2 MHz 880 – 960
Band 3 MHz 1427 – 3800
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←
→ Port 4 dB < 0.4 (690 – 852 MHz); < 0.6 (852 – 862 MHz)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 4 dB < 0.6 (880 – 890 MHz); < 0.4 (890 – 960 MHz)
Port 3 ←
→ Port 4 dB < 0.15 (1427 – 3800 MHz)
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 dB > 55 (690 – 862 MHz); > 50 (880 – 960 MHz)
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB > 65 (690 – 862 MHz); > 75 (1427 – 3800 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB > 60 (880 – 960 MHz); > 75 (1427 – 3800 MHz)
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 W < 200 / < 200 / < 200 (1427 – 2700 MHz); < 100 (2700 – 3800 MHz)
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +60 | −40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1, 2, 3 ←
→ Port4 mA Auto-sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Mounting Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 | 0.315 diameter) / Mast mounting: With clamp set
Weight kg | lb Single Unit: 5 | 11.0 / Double Unit: 9.9 | 21.8
Single Unit: 222 x 222 x 86.5 | 8.7 x 8.7 x 3.4
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Double Unit: 222 x 222 176 | 8.7 x 8.7 x 6.9
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Single Unit: 405 x 295 x 170 | 16.0 x 11.6 x 6.7
Packing size mm | in
Double Unit: 405 x 295 x 260 | 16.0 x 11.6 x 10.3
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 678
Diagram III
Dimensions [mm]
Diagram IV
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 679
Port 4
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211490, 78211491, 78211492,
78211493, 78211494, 78211495
703–788 MHz
791–960 MHz
1427–3800 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• esigned for co-siting purposes
D
• A
vailable as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• uitable for indoor and outdoor applications
S
• W
all or mast mounting
• uilt-in lightning protection
B
• E
xternal DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 680
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
3x 6x
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10 2x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
88
106
177,5
195,5
300,4
300,4
8,5
15
7
257,4
15
102
7
35
64
257,4
8,5
367,1
367,1
390,4 390,4
420,4 420,4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 682
AUTO-
SENSE
Port 4
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211497, 78211497V01, 78211497V02
78211498, 78211498V01,78211498V02
703–788 MHz
791–960 MHz
1427–3800 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 683
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211497 78211498
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211497V01 78211498V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211497V02 78211498V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 703 – 788
Band 2 MHz 791 – 960
Band 3 MHz 1427 – 3800
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.7 (703 – 785 MHz) / < 1.0 (785 – 787 MHz) / < 1.5 (787 – 788 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 4 dB < 1.5 (791 – 792 MHz) / < 1.0 (792 – 800 MHz) / < 0.7 (800 – 960 MHz)
Port 3 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.2 (1427 – 3800 MHz)
Isolation dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
W
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 < 200 / < 200 / < 200 (1427 – 2700 MHz); < 100 (2700 – 3800 MHz)
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +60 | −40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1, 2, 3 ←
→ Port 4 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 | 0.315 diameter)
Mounting mm | in
Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Weight kg | lb Single unit: 6.2 | 13.7 / Double unit: 12.0 | 26.5
Single Unit: 258 x 301 x 88 | 10.2 x 11.9 x 3.5
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Double Unit: 258 x 301 x 178 | 10.2 x 11.9 x 7.0
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Single Unit: 477 x 334 x 175 | 18.8 x 13.1 x 6.9
Packing size mm | in
Double Unit: 477 x 334 x 265 | 18.8 x 13.1 x 10.4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 684
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
3x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
88
106
6x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
2x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
177,5
195,5
300,4
15
7
257,4
35
5
8,
367,1
390,4
420,4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 685
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211450, 78211451, 78211452,
78211453, 78211454, 78211455
380–960 MHz
1427–2200 MHz
2300–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 686
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 688
AUTO-
SENSE
Port 4
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211457, 78211457V01, 78211457V02
78211458, 78211458V01, 78211458V02
380–960 MHz
1427–2200 MHz
2300–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 689
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211457 clamps 78211458
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211457V01 included 78211458V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211457V02 78211458V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 380 – 960
Band 2 MHz 1427 – 2200
Band 3 MHz 2300 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.2 (380 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.2 (1427 – 2200 MHz)
Port 3 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.2 (2300 – 2690 MHz)
Isolation dB > 50
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 W < 300 / < 200 / < 200
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3 order; with 2 x 20 W), excempt from TETRA 360 – 470 MHz: < -150
rd
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 691
Port 4
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211560, 78211561, 78211562,
78211563, 78211564, 78211565
380–960 MHz
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2690 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 692
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 694
AUTO-
SENSE
Port 4
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211567, 78211567V01, 78211567V02
78211568, 78211568V01, 78211568V02
380–960 MHz
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 695
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211567 78211568
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211567V01 78211568V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211567V02 78211568V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 380 – 960
Band 2 MHz 1427 – 1880
Band 3 MHz 1920 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←
→ Port 4 dB < 0.2 (380 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←
→ Port 4 dB < 0.3 (1427 – 1880 MHz)
Port 3 ←
→ Port 4 dB < 0.35 (1920 – 2690 MHz)
Isolation dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
W
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 < 200 / < 200 / < 200
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3 order; with 2 x 20 W), excempt from TETRA 360 − 470 MHz: < −150
rd
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 697
Port 4
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211570, 78211571,78211572,
78211573, 78211574, 78211575
380–960 MHz
1427–1518 MHz
1710–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 698
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
176
57 58
3
94,5
50
18
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
176 308
57 58 278
3 260,9
190
178,5
122
102
35
64
7
134
15
50
8,5
18
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 700
AUTO-
SENSE
Triple-Band Combiner
78211577, 78211577V01, 78211577V02
78211578, 78211578V01, 78211578V02
380–960 MHz
1427–1518 MHz
1710–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 701
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211577 clamps 78211578
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211577V01 included 78211578V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211577V02 78211578V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 380 – 960
Band 2 MHz 1427 – 1518
Band 3 MHz 1710 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.2 (380 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.2 (1427 – 1518 MHz)
Port 3 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.3 (1710 – 2690 MHz)
Isolation dB > 40
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 W < 200 / < 200 / < 200
DC/AISG transparency
mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Port 1, 2, 3 ←
→ Port 4
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 375 x 245 x 160 | 14.8 x 9.7 x 6.3
Double Unit: 375 x 245 x 245 | 14.8 x 9.7 x 9.7
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 702
Diagram II 176
57 58
94,5
50
18
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
176
57 58
Dimensions [mm]
176
57 58
3
178,5
134
94,5
50
50
18
18
Erdungsschraube M8 Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8 Grounding screw M8
176 308
57 58 278
3 260,9
190
15
178,5
122
102
35
64
7
134
50
18
8,5
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
308
278
260,9
190
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 703
Port4
Port1
Port2
Port3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211690, 78211691,78211692,
78211693, 78211694, 78211695
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2360 MHz
2496–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 704
1427 - 1880 1920 - 2360 2496 - 2690 1427 - 1880 1920 - 2360 2496 - 2690 1427 - 1880 1920 - 2360 2496 - 2690
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
302
302
272 272
242,9
242,9 134
134,7
176
176 53 53,7
53,7
53
77,7
131,3
50,3
50,3
17,7
17,7
122
102
225
35
64
122
102
225
35
64
15 15
12,3
7
132,2
77
77
84,3
51,2
51,2
8,5 8,5
Erdungsschraube M8 Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8 Grounding screw M8
4x 8x
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
connector 4.3-10 49,5 connector 4.3-10
49,5
75 18 156 18
93 174
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 706
Unit 2
Port 4
Port 1
Unit 1
Port 2
Port 3
Double Unit
Triple-Band Combiner
78211696
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2360 MHz
2496–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 707
1427 - 1880 1920 - 2360 2496 - 2690 1427 - 1880 1920 - 2360 2496 - 2690
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
302
272
242,9
134
134,7
176
53
53,7
77,7
131,3
50,3
17,7
122
102
225
35
64
15
12,3
132,2
77
84,3
51,2
8,5
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
8x
Kuppler 4.3-10
connector 4.3-10
49,5
156 18
174
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 709
AUTO-
SENSE
Port 4
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211697, 78211697V01, 78211697V02
78211698, 78211698V01, 78211698V02
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2360 MHz
2496–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 710
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211697 78211698
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211697V01 78211698V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211697V02 78211698V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 1427 – 1880
Band 2 MHz 1920 – 2360
Band 3 MHz 2496 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.5 (typ. 0.2 dB)
Port 2 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.5 (typ. 0.2 dB)
Port 3 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.5 (typ. 0.2 dB)
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 dB > 45 (1427 – 1880 / 1920 – 2360 MHz)
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB > 45 (1427 – 1880 / 2496 – 2690 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB > 45 (1920 – 2360 / 2496 – 2690 MHz)
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 W < 150 / < 150 / < 150
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +60 | −40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1, 2, 3 ←
→ Port 4 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter)
Mounting
Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Weight kg | lb Single unit: 3.0 | 6.6 / Double unit: 6.0 | 13.2
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Single unit: 225 x 176 x 75 | 8.9 x 6.9 x 3.0
Double unit: 225 x 176 x 156 | 8.9 x 6.9 x 6.1
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single unit: 367 x 289 x 152 | 14.4 x 11.4 x 6.0
Double unit: 367 x 289 x 233 | 14.4 x 11.4 x 9.2
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 711
Diagram II
84,3 77,7
75 12,3
93
53
18
84,3 77,7
12,3
156
174
134
53
Dimensions [mm]
18
225
122
84,3 77,7
102
12,3
64
35
7 8,5
15
75
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
93
53
18
84,3 77,7
12,3
242,9
176
272
302
156
174
134
53
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
18
225
122
102
64
35
7 8,5
5
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 712
Port4
Port1
Port2
Port3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211400V43, 78211401V43, 78211402V43
78211403V43, 78211404V43, 78211405V43
1710–1880 MHz
1920–2170 MHz
2300–2700 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 713
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
102
64
66,5 35 46
15
8,5
7
98,75
216,5
285,9
332
302
Erdungsschraube M8 102
Grounding screw M8
64
66,5 35
96,45
1:2
8,5
98,75
40,25 95 69,25 22
235 40
63,95
4x
Kuppler 4.3-10
connector 4.3-10
1:2
216,5
285,9
332
302
8x 114,45
Kuppler 4.3-10
connector 4.3-10
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 715
AUTO-
SENSE
Port4
Port1
Port2
Port3
Triple-Band Combiner
78211407V43, 78211407V44, 78211407V45
78211408V43, 78211408V44, 78211408V45
1710–1880 MHz
1920–2170 MHz
2300–2700 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 716
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211407V43 78211408V43
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211407V44 78211408V44
3. Exclusive User Function 78211407V45 78211408V45
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 1710 – 1880
Band 2 MHz 1920 – 2170
Band 3 MHz 2300 – 2700
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.3 (typ. 0.1 dB)
Port 2 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.3 (typ. 0.1 dB)
Port 3 ←→ Port 4 dB < 0.3 (typ. 0.1 dB)
Isolation
Port 1 ←→ Port 2 dB > 50 (1710 – 1880 / 1920 – 2170 MHz)
Port 1 ←→ Port 3 dB > 50 (1710 – 1880 / 2300 – 2700 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 3 dB > 50 (1920 – 2170 / 2300 – 2700 MHz)
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 W < 200 / < 200 / < 200
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −55 ... +60 | −67 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1, 2, 3 ←→ Port 4 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Mounting Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter)
Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Weight kg | lb Single unit: 3.4 | 7.5 / Double unit: 6.9 | 15.2
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Single unit: 235 x 217 x 64 | 9.3 x 8.5 x 2.5
Double unit: 235 x 217 x 135 | 9.3 x 8.5 x 5.3
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single unit: 404 x 324 x 175 | 15.9 x 12.8 x 6.9
Double unit: 404 x 324 x 245 | 15.9 x 12.8 x 9.6
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 717
Diagram II
64
82
22
40
135
153
71
Dimensions [mm]
22
40
102
64
66,5 35
8,5
98,75
216,5
285,9
332
302
64
82
22
40
135
153
71
22
40
40,25 95 69,25
235
102
64
66,5 35
8,5
98,75
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 718
Triple-Band Combiner
KRF 102 449/1, KRF 102 449/2
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 719
Electrical Specifications
Frequency range
- B66A: 1710–1780
MHz 2110–2180
- B25: 1850–1995
- B42: 2496–2690
Insertion loss
- B66A
- 1710–1780 MHz: 0.33*
dB
- 2110–2180 MHz: 0.31*
- B25: 0.29*
- B42: 0.26*
Isolation
- Between port B66 and port B25: > 40
- Between port B66 and port B41: dB > 50
- Between port B25 and port B41: > 50
- Between branches**: > 60
Intermodulation
- IM3 at 2×43 dBm: dBm < −115
- IM5 at 2×43 dBm: < −123
Mechanical Specifications*
Volume L 1.22
RF connectors
- COM ports: 4.3-10 (f)
- RF ports: NEX10 (f)
Environmental Specifications*
IP class IP67
* Typical values
** From one port in one branch to any other port in any other branch
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 720
Port 5
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Quad-Band Combiner
78211580, 78211581, 78211582,
78211583, 78211584, 78211585
380–960 MHz
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2200 MHz
2300–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 721
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 723
AUTO-
SENSE
Port 5
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Quad-Band Combiner
78211587, 78211587V01, 78211587V02,
78211588, 78211588V01, 78211588V02
380–960 MHz
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2200 MHz
2300–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 724
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211587 78211588
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211587V01 78211588V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211587V02 78211588V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 (TETRA ... GSM 900) MHz 380 – 960
Band 2 (GSM 1800) MHz 1427 – 1880
Band 3 (UMTS) MHz 1920 – 2200
Band 4 (LTE 2600) MHz 2300 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.2 (380 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.3 (1427 – 1880 MHz)
Port 3 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.3 (1920 – 2200 MHz)
Port 4 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.3 (2300 – 2690 MHz)
Isolation dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1/Band 2/Band 3/Band 4 W < 200 / < 200 / < 200 / < 100
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3 order; with 2 x 20 W), excempt from TETRA 360 – 470 MHz: < −150
rd
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 726
Unit 2
Unit 1
Quad-Band Combiner
78211589
380–960 MHz
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2200 MHz
2300–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 727
Port 5 Port 5
78211589
Type No.
Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 (TETRA ... GSM 900) MHz 380 – 960
Band 2 (GSM 1800) MHz 1427 – 1880
Band 3 (UMTS) MHz 1920 – 2200
Band 4 (LTE 2600) MHz 2300 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.2 (380 – 960 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.3 (1427 – 1880 MHz)
Port 3 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.3 (1920 – 2200 MHz)
Port 4 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.3 (2300 – 2690 MHz)
Isolation dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 / Band 4 W < 200 / < 200 / < 200 / < 100
Intermodulation products dBc < –160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W),
except from TETRA 360 – 470 MHz: < –150
Temperature range °C | °F –40 ... +60 | –40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency Unit 1 Unit 2
Port 1 ←
→ Port 5 mA Stop Stop
Port 2 ←
→ Port 5 mA Stop Stop
Port 3 ←
→ Port 5 mA By-pass (max. 2500) Stop
Port 4 ←
→ Port 5 mA Stop By-pass (max. 2500)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Mounting Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. 8 mm diameter)
Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Weight kg | lb 7.7 | 17.0
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in 270 x 213 x 138 | 10.6 x 8.4 x 5.4
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in 394 x 339 x 230 | 15.5 x 13.3 x 9.1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 728
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 729
Quad-Band Combiner
78211340, 78211341,
78211342, 78211343
690–862 MHz
880–960 MHz
1427–1880 MHz
1920–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
• External DC stop available as an accessory
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 730
1427 1427
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 732
AUTO-
SENSE
Quad-Band Combiner
78211347, 78211347V01, 78211347V02
78211348, 78211348V01, 78211348V02
690–862MHz
880–960MHz
1427–1880MHz
1920–2690 MHz
• Can be used as a combiner near the BTS or in a reciprocal function near the antenna
• Very low insertion loss
• Enables feeder sharing
• Designed for co-siting purposes
• Integrated auto-sense technology for automatic DC / AISG detection and bypass
functionality.
• Available as a single unit, or for XPol antennas as a double unit
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Wall or mast mounting
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 733
Technical Data
Type No.
DC/AISG transparency
1. First In - First Out Function 78211347 78211348
2. Priority Controlled Function 78211347V01 78211348V01
3. Exclusive User Function 78211347V02 78211348V02
Single Unit Double Unit
Pass band
Band 1 MHz 690 – 862
Band 2 MHz 880 – 960
Band 3 MHz 1427 – 1880
Band 4 MHz 1920 – 2690
Insertion loss
Port 1 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.45, typ. 0.25 (690 – 862 MHz)
Port 2 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.45, typ. 0.3 (880 – 960 MHz)
Port 3 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.35, typ. 0.2 (1427 – 1880 MHz)
Port 4 ←→ Port 5 dB < 0.35, typ. 0.3 (1920 – 2690 MHz)
Isolation dB > 40
VSWR < 1.25
Impedance Ω 50
Input power
Band 1 / Band 2 / Band 3 / Band 4 W < 200 / < 200 / < 200 / < 100
Intermodulation products dBc < −160 (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +60 | −40 ... +140
Connectors 4.3-10 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 66)
DC/AISG transparency
Port 1, 2, 3, 4 ←
→ Port 5 mA Auto-Sense (max. 2000)
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
Mounting mm | in Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. diameter 8 | 0.315)
Mast mounting: With included clamp set
Weight kg | lb Single Unit: 6.8 | 14.9 / Double Unit: 13.5 | 29.6
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in Single Unit: 358 x 271 x 84 | 14.1 x 10.7 x 3.3
Double Unit: 358 x 271 x 172 | 14.1 x 10.7 x 6.8
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Packing size mm | in Single Unit: 460 x 440 x 177 | 18.1 x 17.3 x 7.0
Double Unit: 460 x 440 x 265 | 18.1 x 17.3 x 10.4
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Multi-Band Combiners 734
Diagram II
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners 735
Hybrid Combiners
Hybrid Combiner (4-2) 698 – 960 MHz 65 W at each port 7-16 737
KRF 201 483/1
Hybrid Combiner (4-2) 1710 – 2200 MHz 65 W at each port 7-16 737
KRF 201 483/2
Hybrid Combiner (2-1) 698 – 2690 MHz 150 W at each port 7-16 739
78210506
Hybrid Combiner (2-1) 698 – 2690 MHz 60 W at each port 4.3-10 742
78210507
Hybrid Combiner (2-2) 698 – 2690 MHz 150 W at each port 4.3-10 745
78210527
Hybrid Combiner (4-4) 698 – 2690 MHz 150 W at each port 4.3-10 748
78210536
combiner type / Frequency / MHz
Type No. connector type
max input power 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800
KRF201483/1 4:2 / 4 x 65 W 7-16 698 - 960
KRF201483/2 4:2 / 4 x 65 W 7-16 1710 - 2200
78210506 2:1 / 2 x 150 W 7-16 698 - 2690
78210507 2:1 / 2 x 60 W 4.3-10 698 - 2690
78210527 2:2 / 2 x 150 W 4.3-10 698 - 2690
78210536 4:4 / 4 x 150 W 4.3-10 698 - 2690
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners 738
Electrical Specifications
Impendance Ω 50
Mechanical Specifications
Weight kg 5
Environmental Specifications
Sealing IP67
Dimension [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners 739
Port 2
Port 3 Port 1
• Designed for the decoupled combining of 2 transmitter or receiver signals onto one
common antenna
• The frequency spacing between transmitter signals can be as small as required
• Excellent intermodulation performance
• Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications
• DC by-pass between port 2 and port 3
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners 740
Dimension [mm]
126,6
235
532
502
145
734365 mm | in 45–125 | 1.77–4.92
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners 742
Port 3
Port 1
Port 2
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners 743
Dimensions
245
72,5
82,5
45
45
275,6
203
3x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
15
7
170
170
64
35
264
8,5
11,5
245,6
Erdungsschraube M8x10
Grounding screw M8x10
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners 746
Dimensions [mm]
158
TX20
M =4.0 Nm 5%
122 A
38
21
55
56
35
18
75
55,8
4x
Kuppler 4.3-10 9,9 16
Jack (f) 4.3-10
8
18
123
60
119,5
123
60
93,5
158
Input 4
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Output 4
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Hybrid Combiners 749
Dimensions [mm]
375,9
65
35,1
7
216,7
107,5 100 107,5
4x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
7
219,6
205
207
4x
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
78211000 DC stop
50-Ohm load (80 W;
78210473
4.3-10 connectors)
78210484 50-Ohm load (2 W)
TMA B28 (2-2) UL: 703 – 748 / DL: 758 – 803 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 756
78211275V43
TMA B20 (2-2) UL: 832 – 862 / DL: 791 – 821 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 759
78210430V43
TMA B5 (2-2) UL: 824 – 894 / DL: 869 – 894 MHz 12 dB 7-16 762
KRY 112 4159/2
TMA B8 (2-2) UL: 880 – 915 / DL: 925 – 960 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 764
KRY 112 587/16
TMA B3 (2-2) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 766
78210583V43
TMA B3 (2-2) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 769
KRY 112 488/12
TMA B66 (2-2) UL: 1710 – 1780 / DL: 2110 – 2200 MHz 12 dB 7-16 772
KRY 112 144/2
TMA B2 (2-2) UL: 1850 – 1910 / DL: 1930 – 1990 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 774
KRY 112 489/12
TMA B1 (2-2) UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 777
KRY 112 442/16
TMA B7 (2-2) UL: 2500 – 2570 / DL: 2620 – 2690 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 780
78211330V43
UL = Uplink / DL = Downlink
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 752
TMA B8 B20 (2-2) UL: 832 – 862 / DL: 791 – 821 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 783
KRY 112 228/11 UL: 880 – 915 / DL: 925 – 960 MHz
TMA B8 B20 (2-4) UL: 832 – 862 / DL: 791 – 821 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 784
78210517V44 UL: 880 – 915 / DL: 925 – 960 MHz
TMA B8 B20 (2-4) UL: 832 – 862 / DL: 791 – 821 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 784
78210517V46 UL: 880 – 915 / DL: 925 – 960 MHz
TMA B1 B3 (2-4) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 790
78210990V44 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
TMA B1 B3 (2-4) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 790
78210990V46 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
TMA B1 B3 Bypass 1400 (2-2) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 793
78211107V02 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
TMA B1 B3 Bypass 1400 (2-2) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 793
78211107V03 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
TMA B1 B3 (2-2) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 797
KRY 112 227/12 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
TMA B1 B3 + Bypass 1400 + Bypass LB (2-6) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 800
KRY 112 234/1 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
TMA B1 B3 Bypass 1400 + Bypass LB (2-4) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 803
KRY 112 235/1 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
TMA B3 B7 Bypass 1400 (2-2) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 806
78211912V02 UL: 2500 – 2570 / DL: 2620 – 2690 MHz
TMA B1 B7 Bypass 1400 (2-2) UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 810
78211910V02 UL: 2500 – 2570 / DL: 2620 – 2690 MHz
New product UL = Uplink / DL = Downlink
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 753
TMA B8 B20 B28B (2-2) UL: 880 –915 / DL: 925 – 960 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 814
KRY 112 236/1 UL: 832 – 862 / DL: 791 – 821 MHz
UL: 703 – 733 / DL: 758 – 788 MHz
TMA B1 B3 B7 Bypass 1400 (2-2) UL: 1710 –1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 817
78210587V02 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
UL: 2500 – 2570 / DL: 2620 – 2690 MHz
TMA B1 B3 B7 Bypass 1400 (2-6) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 821
78210588V02 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
UL: 2500 – 2570 / DL: 2620 – 2690 MHz
TMA B1 B3 B7 Bypass 1400 (2-6) UL: 1710 – 1785 / DL: 1805 – 1880 MHz 12 dB 4.3-10 821
78210588V03 UL: 1920 – 1980 / DL: 2110 – 2170 MHz
UL: 2500 – 2570 / DL: 2620 – 2690 MHz
New product UL = Uplink / DL = Downlink
Frequency Band B28 B28B B20 B5 B8 B3 B66 B2 B1 B7
CWA
Type No.
L-Band bypass
Connector Type
2 Antenna Ports
4 Antenna Ports
6 Antenna Ports
Lowband Bypass
Single-Band TMAs
78211275V43 4.3-10
78210430V43 4.3-10
KRY1124159/2 7-16
KRY112587/16 4.3-10
78210583V43 4.3-10
KRY112488/12 4.3-10
KRY112144/2 7-16
KRY112489/12 4.3-10
KRY112442/16 4.3-10
78211330V43 4.3-10
Dual-Band TMAs
KRY112228/11 4.3-10
78210517V44 / V46 4.3-10
78210990V44 / V46 4.3-10
78211107V02 / V03 4.3-10
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs)
KRY112227/12 4.3-10
KRY112234/1 4.3-10
KRY112235/1 4.3-10
78211912V02 4.3-10
78211910V02 4.3-10
Triple-Band TMAs
KRY112236/1 4.3-10
Tower Mounted Amplifiers (TMAs) – Overview
78210587V02 4.3-10
78210588V02 / V03 4.3-10
AISG communication between RBS and TMA is implemented acc. to AISG 2.0 standard. The unique ID of the TMA has a
maximum of 19 characters and includes vendor code and serial number of the device.
AISG communication between TMA and RBS is always realized via one RBS port of the TMA, i.e. there‘s a one to one relation:
one RBS controls the overall functionality of one TMA.
Depending on the specific TMA-product, the communication can be realized via the left side port (port RBS A) or via one of
the two ports (port RBS A or RBS B – depending on where communication is established first). This product specific infor
mation is visualized in a block diagram in the product datasheet.
For Multi-Band TMAs with AISG communication on port RBS A or RBS B, there are two modes:
• Wide-Band Mode: Unique ID is different on port RBS A and RBS B; UID ends with “_WBM_1” or “_WBM_2”
• Wide-Band Mode Single ID: Unique ID is identical on port RBS A and RBS B; UID ends with a number indicating the
frequency bands, e.g. “_0809” for 800 (B20) and 900 (B8)
Example
The table shows exemplary the unique ID response of Dual-Band TMAs for B8B20:
Wide-Band Mode Vendor Code + Serial Number + “_WBM_1” Vendor Code + Serial Number + “_WBM_2”
RBS A or RBS B
Wide-Band Mode Single ID Vendor Code + Serial Number + “_0809” Vendor Code + Serial Number + “_0809”
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 757
Tx Characteristics
Frequency range MHz 758 – 803
Insertion loss dB Typically 0.45
Input power (per input) W < 100 (+50 dBm)
Intermodulation products in dBm < −117 (2 Tx carriers at +43 dBm)
Rx band
Return loss dB > 18
Rx Characteristics
Frequency range MHz 703 – 748
Loss in bypass mode dB Typically 1.6 (DC OFF)
Return loss dB > 18 (DC ON) / > 12 (DC OFF)
Gain dB 12 nominal
Noise figure dB Typically 1.3
3 order intercept point
rd
dBm Typically 25
(OIP3)
DVB-T attenuation dB > 30 (< 698 MHz)
Environmental Characteristics
Operating temperature °C | F −40 ... +65 | −40 ... +149
range
IP rating IP67
MTBF hours > 1 000 000 (per TMA)
EMC According to ETS 301 342-3
DC and Alarm Characteristics CWA Mode AISG Mode
DC supply V 9 – 19 9 – 30
Operating current per TMA mA 80 – 130 Nom. 150 at 12 V
Alarm management mA 170 – 200 AISG
Mechanical Characteristics
Material Aluminium housing
Connectors RF 4.3-10 female
RET 8-pin female, IEC 60130-9
(Pin 3: RS485B, pin 5: RS485A, pin 6: 9 – 30 V DC,
pin 7: DC return, other pins: Not connected)
Mounting mm | in Wall mounting: With 4 screws (max. diameter 8 | 0.31)
Mast mounting: With additional clamp set
Weight kg | lb 8.8 | 19.4
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in 220 x 220 x 126 | 8.7 x 8.7 x 5.0
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 758
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ Grounding screw M8
Erdungsschraube M8
Buchse
Jack
RET
8,5
160,8
160,8
220
127
150
28
15
7
356,1 114,5
379,1
141
126
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
ANT
Jack 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
BTS
Dimensions in mm
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 759
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 760
Tx Characteristics
Intermodulation products
dBm < –117 (2 Tx carriers at +43 dBm)
in RX band
Rx Characteristics
Gain dB 12 nominal
Environmental Characteristics
Operating temperature
°C | °F –40 ... +65 | –40 ... +149
range
IP rating IP67
DC supply V 10 – 30
Mechanical Characteristics
4.3-10 female
Connectors RF
8-pin female, IEC 60130-9
RET
(Pin 3: RS485B, pin 5: RS485A, pin 6: 10 - 30 V DC, pin 7: DC return, other pins: Not connected)
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!"
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿ125ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8
362 | 14.3
336 | 13.2
Erdungsschraube M8
Kuppler 4.3-10
grounding screw M8
319 | 12.6
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack 4.3-10
Jack 4.3-10
Node B0
Ant0
90 | 3.5
107 | 4.2
40 | 1.6
Buchse
RET
jack
176 | 6.9
116 | 4.6
89 | 3.5
64 | 2.5
184 | 7.2
28 | 1.1
7 | 0.3
15 | 0.6
9
37 | 1.5
Jack 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
Node B1
Jack 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
Ant1
247 | 9.7
92 | 3.6
118 | 4.6
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 762
TMA B5 (2-2)
KRY 112 4159/2
• Specified and verified as an integrated system solution for Ericsson RBSs
• Supports AISG 2.0 and CWA
• Possible to power either via one, or both feeders
• RET interface
• Automatic LNA by-pass function
• Built in lightning protection
• Excellent RF performance
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 763
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
.
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!"#ÿ60ÿ4"$2"%2&'ÿ!%ÿ
ÿ
ÿÿÿ7ÿ!#ÿ"#!(2"ÿ31ÿ)*%ÿ%#ÿ0+8ÿ14ÿ89
&1,%3!)5ÿ
-8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 764
TMA B2 (2-2)
KRY 112 587/16
• Excellent RF performance
• Ericsson Radio System designed TMA, Rail mounting is possible
• Verified as an RBS integrated system solution
• Possible to power both TMAs from one feeder, or from both feeders
• RET interface
• Automatic LNA by-pass
• Wall mounting bracket and pole clamps are included
• Wall mounting bracket and pole clamps are included
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 765
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
)
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!"#$ÿ60ÿ4#%2#&2'(ÿ!"&ÿ
ÿ
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 766
TMA B3 (2-2)
78210583V43
• Double units for easy use with XPol antennas
• Supports AISG 2.0 and CWA
• Suitable for antenna RET control according to AISG/3GPP standard
• By-pass mode to ensure cell operation in case of DC power down
• Built-in lightning protection
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 767
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
ANT 0
Node B0
61,1 15 61,1
9
169,2
126
126
64
28
89
7
38,9 38,9
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
ANT 1
218 33,4
Jack
Buchse
RET
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
Node B1
Grounding screw M8
Erdungsschraube M8
284,9
308
334
88,7
77,4
Dimension [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 769
TMA B3 (2-2)
KRY 112 488/12
• Specified and verified as an integrated system solution for Ericsson RBSs
• Supports AISG 2.0 and CWA
• Possible to power either via one, or both feeders
• RET interface
• Automatic LNA by-pass function
• Built in lightning protection
• Excellent RF performance
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 770
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
-
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!"ÿ60ÿ4!#2!$2%&ÿ$ÿ
ÿ
ÿÿÿ7ÿ"ÿ!"'2!ÿ31ÿ()$ÿ$"ÿ0*8ÿ14ÿ89
%1+$3(5ÿ,8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 772
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 773
* Typical values
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
&'
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!ÿ60ÿ4"2 #2$%ÿ#ÿ
ÿ
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 774
TMA B2 (2-2)
KRY 112 489/12
• Specified and verified as an integrated system solution for Ericsson RBSs
• Supports AISG 2.0 and CWA
• Possible to power either via one, or both feeders
• RET interface
• Automatic LNA by-pass function
• Built in lightning protection
• Excellent RF performance
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 775
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
.
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!"#ÿ60ÿ4"$2"%2&'ÿ!%ÿ
ÿ
ÿÿÿ7ÿ!#ÿ"#!(2"ÿ31ÿ)*%ÿ%#ÿ0+8ÿ14ÿ89
&1,%3!)5ÿ-8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 777
TMA B1 (2-2)
KRY 112 442/16
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 778
Ground connector M8
Sealing IP67
* Typical values
** Common values for all variants
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 779
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
'(
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!"ÿ60ÿ4!#2!$2%&ÿ$ÿ
ÿ
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 780
TMA B7 (2-2)
78211330V43
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 781
Tx Characteristics
Input power (per input) kW < 0.1 (+50 dBm) CW / < 1.6 (+62 dBm) peak
Rx Characteristics
Environmental Characteristics
IP rating IP67
DC supply V 10 – 30
Mechanical Characteristics
4.3-10 female
Connectors RF 8-pin female, IEC 60130-9
RET (Pin 3: RS485B, pin 5: RS485A, pin 6: 10 – 30 V DC,
pin 7: DC return, other pins: not connected)
Weight kg | lb 3 | 6.6
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ
300
Grounding screw M8
Erdungsschraube M8
280
256,9
Jack (f)
62
Buchse
191 32,95
RET
7
31
40
59
93
93
9
15
33 33
62
83,3
71,6
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
ANT
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
Node B
Dimensions in mm
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 783
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 784
8ÿ8 8ÿ
( 0123415 (
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
&'
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!ÿ60ÿ4"2 #2$%ÿ#ÿ
ÿ
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 786
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 787
Environmental Characteristics
Operating temperature range °C | °F −40 ... +65 | −40 ... +149
IP rating IP67
MTBF hours > 1 000 000 (per TMA)
EMC According to ETS 300 342-3
Lightning protection kA 3, 10/350 µs pulse
DC and Alarm Characteristics AISG Mode
DC supply V DC 10 – 30
Operating current per DTMA mA Nom. 190 at 10 V
(without RET) mA Nom. 70 at 30 V
Alarm management AISG
Mechanical Characteristics
Material Aluminium housing
Connectors RF 4.3-10 female
RET 8-pin female, IEC 60130-9
(Pin 3: RS485B, pin 5: RS485A, pin 6: 9 – 31 V DC,
pin 7: DC return, other pins: Not connected)
Mounting Wall mounting: With 4 screws
(max. 8 mm | 0.315 diameter)
Mast mounting: With additional clamps
Weight kg | lb 11 | 24.25
Packing size mm | in 440 x 380 x 255 | 17.3 x 15 x 10
Dimensions (w x h x d) 300 x 258 x 147 | 11.8 x 10.15 x 5.78
mm | in
(without connectors, without mounting brackets)
0123415
" "
' '
ÿ87 &ÿ8 &ÿ
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!"#
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ
!"#ÿ$%25ÿ12ÿ&ÿ143$ÿ$ÿ235
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 789
Dimension [mm]
90
RET
Buchse
Jack (f)
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
BTS
143,4
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
RET
Buchse
Jack (f)
43
167,1 64
147,8 8,5
359
258
317,6
339
(33,5)
300
43
143,4
ANT ANT
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
250,8 Jack (f) 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 790
TMA B1 B3 (2-4)
78210990V44, 78210990V46
• Double unit for easy use with XXPol antennas
• Suitable for antenna RET control according to AISG/3GPP standard
• Supports AISG 2.0
• Bypass mode to ensure cell operation in case of DC power down
• Built-in lightning protection
• DC Supply via RBS A, RBS B or both
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 791
Tx Characteristics
Frequency range MHz 1805 – 1880 2110 – 2170
Insertion loss dB Typically 0.5 Typically 0.3
Input power kW < 0.1 (+50 dBm)/< 1.6 kW (+62 dBm) peak
(per input and frequency band) Double TMA 78210990V43
0123415
" "
' '
ÿ87 &ÿ8 &ÿ
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!"#
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ
!"#ÿ$%25ÿ12ÿ&ÿ143$ÿ$ÿ235 92,5
83
Grounding screw M8
Erdungsschraube M8
BTS
ANT
69,7
15
7
101
220
182
182
40
59
Jack (f)
Buchse
RET
9
32,3
32,3
69,7
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
BTS
286,9
315
335
Dimensions in mm
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 793
TMA B1 B3
Bypass 1400 (2-2)
78211107V02, 78211107V03
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 794
8ÿ8 8ÿ
$ 0123415 $
% %
ÿ87 ÿ8ÿ
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ
!ÿ"#25ÿ12ÿÿ143"ÿ"ÿ235
796
Grounding screw M8
35,1
244,6
290
59
40
9
15
(38,45)
7
331,2
311,9
351,2
235
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs)
(38,45)
196
35,1
74,5
Dimensions [mm]
ANT ANT
Kuppler 4.3-10 Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10 Jack (f) 4.3-10
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 797
TMA B1 B3 (2-2)
KRY 112 227/12
• Excellent RF performance
• Ericsson Radio System designed TMA, Rail mounting is possible
• Verified as an RBS integrated system solution
• Two RBS ports for feeder sharing, two ports for antenna sharing
• RET interface
• Supports AIS 2.0
• Automatic LNA by-pass
• Wall mounting bracket and pole clamps are included
• Possible to operate from one feeder
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 798
Radio Performance B3 **
3GPP band B3
RX gain dB 12*
Radio Performance B1
3GPP band B1
RX gain dB 12*
Electrical Specifications**
Power consumption W 4*
Mechanical Specifications
Environmental Specification**
Sealing IP67
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
&'(
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!ÿ60ÿ4"2 #2$%ÿ#ÿ
ÿ
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 800
TMA B1 B3
Bypass 1400 + Bypass LB (2-6)
KRY 112 234/1
• Excellent RF performance
• Ericsson Radio System designed TMA, Rail mounting is possible
• Verified as an RBS integrated system solution
• Two RBS ports for feeder sharing, two ports for antenna sharing
• RET interface
• Supports AISG 2.0
• Automatic LNA by-pass
• Wall mounting bracket and pole clamps are included
• Possible to operate from one feeder
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 801
Mechanical Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) mm | in 265 x 260 x 96 | 10.4 x 10.2 x 3.8
Weight kg | lb 9.3 | 20.5
Color White (NCS S 1002-B), textured
RF connectors 4.3-10 (f)
RET connector IEC 60130-9
Ground connector M8 bolt
Mounting Rail, pole, or wall**
Environmental Specifications
Temperature range, full performance ºC −40 to +55
MTBF > 80 years
Sealing IP67
Lightning protection 5 kA 10/350 μs (Common mode)
International (CB): IEC 62368-1
Product safety
Europe (CE): EN 62368-1
* Typical values
** Rail bracket ordered separately
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
/0
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!"#$ÿ60ÿ4#%2#&2'(ÿ!"&ÿ
ÿ
ÿÿÿ7ÿ$% 143$ÿ&2ÿ&##"3"12&5ÿ1)ÿ&2#ÿ*8ÿ
60789
ÿ&$$3+41%,+ÿ-41.ÿ143ÿ
ÿÿ31ÿ143ÿÿ8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 803
TMA B1 B3
Bypass 1400 + Bypass LB (2-4)
KRY 112 235/1
• Excellent RF performance
• Ericsson Radio System designed TMA, Rail mounting is possible
• Verified as an RBS integrated system solution
• Two RBS ports for feeder sharing, two ports for antenna sharing
• RET interface
• Supports AISG 2.0
• Automatic LNA by-pass
• Wall mounting bracket and pole clamps are included
• Possible to operate from one feedera
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 804
Mechanical Specifications
Dimensions (H x W x D) mm | in 265 x 260 x 96 | 10.4 x 10.2 x 3.8
Weight kg |lb 9.3 | 20.5
Color White (NCS S 1002-B), textured
RF connectors 4.3-10 (f)
RET connector IEC 60130-9
Ground connector M8 bolt
Mounting Rail, pole, or wall**
Environmental Specifications
Temperature range, full performance ºC −40 to + 55
MTBF > 80 years
Sealing IP67
Lightning protection 5 kA 10/350 μs (Common mode)
Product safety International (CB): IEC 62368-1
Europe (CE): EN 62368-1
* Typical values
** Rail bracket ordered separately
0123415
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
0
13
ÿÿÿ 7ÿ!41"#$%ÿ60ÿ4$&2$'2()ÿ"#'ÿ
ÿ
ÿÿÿ 7ÿ%&!!143%ÿ'2ÿ'$$#3#12'5ÿ1*ÿ'2$ÿ+8ÿ
60789
ÿ!'%%3,41&-,ÿ.41/ÿ!143ÿ
ÿÿ31ÿ!143ÿÿ8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 806
TMA B3 B7
Bypass 1400 (2-2)
78211912V02
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 807
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87 ÿ8ÿ
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ
!ÿ"#25ÿ12ÿÿ143"ÿ"ÿ235
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 809
Dimensions [mm]
208
RET
Buchse
Jack
74,8
Erdungsschraube M8
34,8
Grounding screw M8
292
101,8
59
94
40
9
ANT
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
15
38,5
7 31
235
312
331
351
BTS
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
34,8
74,8
124
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 810
TMA B1 B7
Bypass 1400 (2-2)
78211910V02
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 811
8ÿ8 8ÿ
0123415
ÿ87 ÿ8ÿ
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ
!ÿ"#25ÿ12ÿÿ143"ÿ"ÿ235
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 813
Dimensions [mm]
208
RET
Buchse
Jack
74,8
Erdungsschraube M8
34,8
Grounding screw M8
292
101,8
59
94
40
9
ANT
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
15
38,5
7 31
235
312
331
351
BTS
Kuppler 4.3-10
Jack (f) 4.3-10
34,8
74,8
124
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 814
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 815
8ÿ8 8ÿ
( ( ( (
* 0123415 *
ÿ87
ÿ
60789
ÿ
60 60789
ÿ
'()
13
ÿÿÿ7ÿ41!"ÿ60ÿ4!#2!$2%&ÿ$ÿ
ÿ
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 817
TMA B1 B3 B7
Bypass 1400 (2-2)
78210587V02
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 818
8ÿ8 8ÿ
ÿ87 ÿ8ÿ
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
!
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41ÿÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ
!ÿ"#25ÿ12ÿÿ143"ÿ"ÿ235
Grounding screw M8
Erdungsschraube M8
15
8,
5
7,5
169
169
64
100
377
28
Jack
Buchse
RET
35,1
35,1
75,5
235 38,5
75,5
312
335
361
102,8
95
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
ANT
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Kuppler 4.3-10
BTS
Dimensions [mm]
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 821
TMA B1 B3 B7
Bypass 1400 (2-6)
78210588V02, 78210588V03
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Tower Mounted Amplifier (TMAs) 822
Input power
kW < 0.1 (+50 dBm) | < 1.6 (+62 dBm) peak
(per input and frequency band)
Gain dB 12 nominal
Input power kW < 0.1 (+50 dBm) | < 1.6 (+62 dBm) peak
Environmental Characteristics
IP rating IP67
DC supply V 10 - 30
Mechanical Characteristics
Weight kg | lb 12 | 26.5
ÿ87 ÿ8ÿ
ÿ7
60789
ÿ
60789
ÿ
"#$
13
60ÿ2ÿ89
ÿ2ÿÿ41!ÿ!ÿ
ÿ8ÿ14ÿ
ÿ
"#$ÿ%!&25ÿ12ÿÿ143%ÿ!%ÿ!23!5
Grounding screw M8
Erdungsschraube M8
Dimensions [mm]
62,5
15
8,
5
126
211,3
7
100
378
64
28
126
62,5
47
35,8 235 36,5
80,2 69
307,9
331
357
96
106
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 825
RET Modules
Service Tools
RET
RET
RET System Components
RET Control Cables
Splitters / Tappers
Electrical Accessories
Smart Bias Tees / RIUs / RMU
DC-Stops
Electrical Accessories
Attenuators
50 Ohm Loads
TX Monitors
Mounting Accessories
Clamps
Downtilt Kits
Mounting Accessories Azimuth Adjustment Kits
Offsets
Other Accessories
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 826
RET
RET Modules
Service Tools
85010080 Torque Screwdriver for RET Cable, 1 N, (only for 860… cables) 841
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 827
RET
1
2
2
Twist protection. Thread for fixing the pro To set the downtilt a ngle
Downtilt spindle with integ- tective cap or the RCU exactly, you must look
rated scale. (Remote Control Unit). horizontally at the scale. The
Gearwheel for RCU power lower edge of the gearwheel
drive. must be used for alignment.
0° – max.°
Please note: In order not to damage the interfaces, please make sure that only the right tools are used.
Tighten the feederline connector interfaces solely by using a common torque-wrench with a suitable wrench
Remove the protective cap and Set downtilt angle by rotating Screw on the twist protection
width.
the twist protection completely. the gearwheel. and the protective cap again.
Colour coding:
Correlation of each RF input to:
– the corresponding adjustment mechanism
7-16 female (long neck) – the frequency range
– the polarization
FlexRET
• Integrated RET module inside the antenna
(86010153V01 / 86010165 / 86010165RAE /
86010167*)
• Pre-configured with the antenna specific para
meters:
→ Type number
→ Serial number
→ Configuration file
• Calibrated ex-factory
• The FlexRET module is exchangeable
→ Automatic data transfer in case of exchange
with internal RFID tag
→ Only calibration is neccessary
• Daisy chain possibility with FlexRET antennas
and / or external RCUs
• Same module for all antennas
• SingleRET or MultiRET selection possible
• Array allocation possible with special Site Sharing
Adapter or Gender Adapter / Port Extender
Manuals for all our AISG control devices and for the Site Sharing Adapter as well as the corresponding software
downloads can be found on our website ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 831
External RET
86010148V01
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 832
Remote Control Unit (RCU) for Ericsson base station antennas with adjustable electrical down-tilt and appropriate
mechanical interface.
• Compliant to AISG 1.1 and 3GPP/AISG 2.0 • Daisy Chain feasibility
• Compact size • Suitable for operation under outdoor conditions
• Prepared for automatic configuration and calibration
28.5 | 1.1
8 | 0.31
33.2 | 1.27
All dimensions in mm | inches
Bottom view of RCU
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 833
FlexRET 6-fold
86010153V01
• Compliant to 3GPP/AISG 2.0
• Daisy Chain feasibility
• Single RETs or Multi RET displayed
• Pre-configured
• Two way antenna sharing feasibility
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 834
FlexRET 8-fold
86010165
• Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 – AISG 3
• Daisy Chain feasibility
• Single RETs or Multi RET displayed
• Pre-configured
• Individual user-specific configuration possible:
• Antenna sharing-assignment of certain RET-subunits to RET-ports
• Antenna tilt consolidations for RET control of several arrays by one RET-subunit
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 836
For support of AISG3 features ADB and MALD FW_V03.01.01 is needed. The latest firmware
is available via our customer portal on www.ericsson.com.
The FlexRET needs to be powered by a LPS (Limited Power Source, Class: P2) according to IEC/EN 62368-1.
If the FlexRET of an antenna has to be replaced, the FlexRET gets the information stored in the antenna after power on automatically. It is
not necessary to configure the FlexRET manually.
Standards: EN 62368-1 (Safety)
EN 60950-22 (Safety – Equipment installed outdoor)
ETSI EN 301489-1 (EMI)
ETSI EN 301489-3 (EMI)
ETS 300019-1-4 (Environmental)
ETSI EN 300330 (Radio equipment)
EN 50364 (Health)
EU-RED: Hereby, Ericsson declares that the radio equipment type 86010165 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The
full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: http://www.ericsson.com
Optional: Site Sharing Adapter (86010154 or 86010155) to create independent logical interfaces at one antenna or site. Makes
it possible to operate with more than one independent Node B. Operation in AISG 2.0 mode only.
Gender Adapter (86010162) to convert the AISG out (female) to an AISG in (male) port in order to operate one
FlexRet with exactly 2 BTS.
Detailed information is given in the data sheet of the Gender Adapter.
Port Extender (86010163) to convert the existing AISG input and output in order to operate FlexRet with exactly 2
BTS while maintaining the daisy chain capability.
Detailed information is given in the data sheet of the Port Extender.
Please note:
In general, the addressing of the FlexRET is automatically performed. Only in case the FlexRET is manually addressed, the serial number
has to be extended by the corresponding colour coding extension (e.g. CSG351234-R1). The respective information can be found on the site
documentation which is included in the scope of supply.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 837
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 838
Housing material Profile: Aluminum anodized; cover: Aluminum die cast coated
Weight g 350
lb 0.77
Packing size mm 245 x 93 x 102
(H x W x D) inches 9.6 x 3.6 x 4
Dimensions mm 142 x 71 x 51
(H x W x D) inches 5.6 x 2.8 x 2
This device is not compatible to antennas with other FlexRET. Non-observance can damage the antenna and the RET device.
Please note:
If the Primary which controls the FlexRET system does not support the default ex-factory interface setting, then the FlexRET must be
switched to the appropriate standard of the Primary before installation. Please contact Ericsson for further information.
The FlexRET needs to be powered by a LPS (Limited Power Source, Class: P2) according to IEC/EN 62368-1.
Optional: Site Sharing Adapter (86010154 or 86010155) to create independent logical interfaces at one antenna or
site. Makes it possible to operate with more than one independent Node B. Operation in AISG 2.0 mode only.
Gender Adapter (86010162) to convert the AISG out (female) to an AISG in (male) port in order to operate
one FlexRet with exactly 2 BTS.
Detailed information is given in the data sheet of the Gender Adapter.
Port Extender (86010163) to convert the existing AISG input and output in order to operate FlexRet with
exactly 2 BTS while maintaining the daisy chain capability.
Detailed information is given in the data sheet of the Port Extender.
Please note:
In general, the addressing of the FlexRET is automatically performed. Only in case the FlexRET is manually addressed, the serial number
has to be extended by the corresponding colour coding extension (e.g. CSG351234-R1). The respective information can be found on the
site documentation which is included in the scope of supply.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 839
FlexRET
86010167
A flexible, integrated solution for adjusting the electrical downtilt of FlexRET antennas.
• Compliant to 3GPP / AISG 2.0 – AISG 3*
• Daisy Chain feasibility
• Single RETs or Multi RET displayed
• Pre-configured
• Individual user-specific configuration possible:
• Antenna tilt consolidations for RET control of several arrays by one RET-subunit
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 840
Please note:
In general, the addressing of the FlexRET is automatically performed. Only in case the FlexRET is manually addressed, the serial number
has to be extended by the corresponding colour coding extension (e.g. CSG351234-R1). The respective information can be found on the site
documentation which is included in the scope of supply.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 841
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 842
With the torque screwdriver, Ericsson connecting cables can be easily fixed with the recommended
torque of 1 Nm.
1 Nm
Tightening torque for fixing the connectors
Signal as soon as the specified torque is reached
Length 205 mm
Weight 113 g
Portable Control
Adapter (PCA)
86010046
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 844
Certificate: CE
FCC part 15 class B
UL (for external power adapter)
Standards: EN 60950-1
EN 55022
EN 55024
System requirements Windows XP, Win7, Win8, Win10
for PCA Software:
Scope of supply: PCA
External power supply (24 V DC / 70 W)
USB cable
AC power cable
Installation guide
Please note: The latest PCA application software, the device
driver and PCA manual can be downloaded from the
service portal under www.kathrein.com
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 845
Antenna Line
Configurator (ALC)
86010158
• AISG 2 / AISG 3
• HDLC-logging feature
• High-resolution display
• Wi-Fi and USB interface
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 846
Output power
(power supply to RCU’s/ RF-plug + AISG female pin 6 ≤ 15 W
TMA’s)
Current monitoring
AISG female pin 6, RF-plug: 10 – 650 mA
measurement level
Protocol to RCU/TMA HDLC hex-coded command set, conforming to 3GPP / AISG 2 and AISG 3
Max. number of RCU’s/TMA’s 9/1 pcs., depending on system configuration and length of control cable
Weight kg | lb 1 | 2.2
Protection class IP 54
Please Note:
The user manual can be downloaded from our website: www.ericsson.com/antenna-system
Certificate: CE
FCC
UL (for external power adapter)
Standards: EN 60950-22
EN 62368-1
EN 62479
EN 50581
ETSI EN 301489-1
ETSI EN 301489-17
ETSI EN 300328 2.1.1
Scope of supply: ALC
Charging device (can also be used as
external power supply)
USB cable
RET cable
HF cable (SMB / 7-16)
Transport case
Screen cover
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 847
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 848
GPS/GLONASS based Antenna Monitoring Unit to monitor base station antennas in the field.
• Compatible to all panel antennas
• Compact size
• Easy to adapt onto an antenna
• BTS time sync via GPS clock
• AISG 2.0 device according to AISG Extension AISG-ES-ASD v2.2.0 and AISG-ES-GLS v2.2.0.
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 850
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 852
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 854
Converts the AISG out (female) to an AISG in (male) port in order to operate the FlexRET with two BTS.
Not compatible with 86010167.
Antenna
+ +
Antenna
Flex
86010153 + 86010162 86010153V01 + 86010162 RET
Gender Adapter
In combination with 86010153: In combination with 86010153V01: (converts “AISG out”
Gender Adapter is not usable. Gender Adapter can be used. Flex to “AISG in”)
RET
Gender Adapter
(converts “AISG out”
to “AISG in”)
BTS 1 BTS 2
AISG out AISG out
BTS 1 BTS 2
AISG out AISG out
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 855
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 856
Port Extender allows daisy chaining of FlexRET 86010153V01, 86010165 and 86010165RAE when the FlexRET operates
with two BTS. G-in and G-out is converting the AISG-out (female) of FlexRET to an AISG-in while maintaining the daisy
chain capability on this port. Not compatible with 86010167.
BTS 1 BTS 2
AISG out AISG out
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 857
Lightning Protection
for RET Cable
86010030
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 858
2 x 8 pin connector
Connectors1) according IEC 60130-9,
input: male, output: female
SPD-Type 8 x bipolar gas tube
25 kA (housing, shield) (10/350 µs)
Max. impuls current
inner conductors: 2.5 kA/pin (10/350 µs)
Max. dynamic overvoltage
V < 700
at spark gap (1 kV/µs)
Static overvoltage (100 V/s) V < 100
Via mounting plate / clamps at metallic surfaces
Grounding or via separate cable,
min. cross-section 5 mm2 Cu (screw M6)
Max. operation current A 4 at 50 °C
Max. operation voltage V 60
Protection class IP 55
Weight g | lb 250 | 0.55
Packing size mm | in 114 x 117 x 117 | 4.5 x 4.7 x 4.7
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm | in 91 x 103 x 72 | 3.5 x 4.05 x 2.9
1)
The tightning torque for fixing the connector must be 0.5 – 1.0 Nm (‘hand-tightened’). The connector should be thightened by hand only!
Connector plate: Aluminum.
Material:
Cap: Plastic.
Mast mounting (50 – 145 mm diameter) by clamp.
Mounting:
Wall mounting by screws (not supplied).
No decoupling elements are integrated. The coordination with additional LPD’s (device input)
should be checked according to IEC 61312.
Grounding of the device via the mounting plate at metallic surfaces or via additional grounding
Note: cable (not included in the delivery extend).
Connectors must be situated at the bottom. No inverted mounting possible.
Important: A control cable with a minimum length of 2 meters is required between Lightning
Protection Device and Central Control Unit at the BTS to achieve the required decoupling.
Scope of supply: Lightning Protection Device
Clamp (50 ... 145 mm)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 859
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 860
Protection class IP 68
Weight 160 g
Note: The earthing clamp is suitable only for the Kathrein Power Supply and Signal Cables,
Type No. 86010007 to 86010015, 86010029, 86010032, 86010033, 86010054 to 86010060 or shielded
cables with
– shield diameter 6.1 mm
– jacket diameter 7.8 mm ±0.3 mm
The kit contains: 1 x Grounding kit body incl. Butyl sealing rope covered with paper
1 x Screw M6 DIN 912
1 x Grounding wire
Mounting instructions:
This instruction is written for qualified and experienced personnel. Please read it carefully before starting work. Any liability or responsibility
for the result of improper or unsafe installation is disclaimed!
Attention! Remove covering paper from Butyl sealing. Tighten the screw (> 6 Nm)
Install grounding kit only where the ca- Wrap the grounding kit body around the
bleruns straight. cable and align it.
Fig. 1a Preassembled grounding kit.
Fig. 1b Clean the plastic jacket at the desired
grounding point and cut out a strip of 15 mm
with aid of a suitable stripping tool.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 861
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET 862
2 x 8 pin connector
Connectors
according IEC 60130-9, female/male
0.5 – 1 Nm
Tightening torque for fixing
the connectors (The connector should be tightened by hand
or by special torque scredriver)
Screen
1x twisted pair 100 Ω/1 MHz
Construction
2x power supply, 1x ground
AWM style 20317 I/II A/B + 20549 + 20233
4 A (power supply)
Rated current
(at 50 °C air temperature)
Temperature range –40 °C to +80 °C, (fixed position)
Protection class IP 67 (connected)
Cable diameter 8 mm
VL 1581 VW-1
Flammability
CSA FT 1
Colour Black, similar to RAL 9005
One time 60 mm,
Minimum bending radius: several times 120 mm.
The male and female connectors of all Kathrein RET products are compatible
components which are designed to operate under the environmental conditions as
described in ETS 300 019-1-4 class 4.1 E.
Female Male
Length Colour Type No.
50 m black 86010033
60 m black 86010013
PIN assignment according AISG:
80 m black 86010014 1 +13 V DC (+12 V DC nominal)
2 not connected
100 m black 86010015
3 RS485 B
4 not connected
5 RS485 A
6 +29 V DC (+24 V DC nominal)
7 DC Return
8 not connected
Optional:
Torque screwdriver for AISG connecting cable
(order no. 85010080).
With the torque screwdriver, Kathrein connec-
X P
ting cables can be easily fixed with the recom-
mended torque of 1 Nm.
ericsson.com/antenna-system
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1(3)
arig om annan) - Prepared (also subject responsible if other) Nr - No.
r Abdul-Karim
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | RET
1301-1/TSR 484 21 Uen 864
ons/Approved Kontr - Checked Datum - Date Rev File
dra Westerström) 2018-08-29 H
CONNECTION CABLE
Vital Safety Requirements
1 VITAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
This Assembly Shall Be Approved As A Recognized Wiring Harness According To
This assembly
Ericsson shall be approved as a recognized wiring harness according
Specification.
to Ericsson specification.
2 Mechanical Design
MECHANICAL DESIGN
Length L, See Product Number
Length L, see Product And and
number R-State (Clause
R-state 4) Length
(clause 4) Tolerances Acc.
To 1030-Tsr 101 + Uen
Length tolerances acc. to 1030-TSR 101 + Uen
Connector
A B
L
5 5
43* 1 43*
2 3 4 3
Marked acc. to 102 01-BYB 501+Uen
1 m Item Title
black Product
1/TSR48421/1000 number Quantity
1m grey 1/TSR48422/1000
1 Shielded cable TFL 301 6005/4 =
10 m black 1/TSR48421/10M
DIN 8, circular, female, solder RNT 148 07/2
15 m black 1/TSR48421/15M
2 1
15 m
DIN
grey
8, circular, female, crimp RNT 148 07/3*
1/TSR48422/15M
2 m3 Shrink
black tubing MPB 121
1/TSR48421/2000 095/0 2x0.015 M
2m DIN
grey 8, circular, male, solder RPT 148 07/2
1/TSR48422/2000
3 m4 black 1/TSR48421/3000 1
DIN 8, circular, male, crimp RPT 148 07/3**
3m grey 1/TSR48422/3000
Shrink tubing MPB 111 14/19 2x0.04 M
5m black 1/TSR48421/5000
5
Casting mass/ Polyamide MSF 460 14*** 0.02 K
NOTE! ALL THE DIMENSIONS OF THE INCLUDED CONNCTORS (RNT 148 07/x
*) 4 pieces of the socket contacts (SND 115 19/1) to be used with the crimp variant.
AND RPT 148 07/x) SHOULD BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DIMENSIONS STATED IN IEC 60130-9 STANDARD.
**) 4 pieces of the pin contacts (SND 115 17/1) to be used with the crimp variant.
***) The casting mass to be used as an alternative to the shrink tube MPB 111 14/19.
1/TSR 484 21/==== R==
NOTE! ALL THE DIMENSIONS OF THE INCLUDED CONNCTORS (RNT 148 07/x
R-State
AND RPT 148 07/x) S H O U L D BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DIMENSIONS
STATED IN IEC 60130-9
Length, L acc. toSTANDARD.
0012-TSR 101+Uen
R-State
Length, L acc. to 0012-TSR 101+Uen
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 865
Electrical Accessories
Splitters / Tappers
KRC 115 032/6 RIU, 617-2690 MHz, 10-32VDC, integrated cables, 4.3-10 886
KRC 115 108/1 RMU, 617-2690 MHz, 10-32VDC, integrated cables, 4.3-10 888
DC Stops
Electrical Accessories
Attenuators
50 Ohm Loads
TX Monitors
DC Stops
78210850V01 7-16 male / female 250 - 2700
78211000 4.3-10 male / female 250 - 3800
Attenuators
78210891 (3 dB) 4.3-10 male / female 0 - 4000
50-Ohm Loads
78410367 (1,5 W) 7-16 male 0 - 4000
TX-monitors
KRY1011955/1 N male / female 698 - 2200
KRY1011957/1 4.3-10 male / female 698 - 2200
Electrical Accessories
867
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 868
Splitter
86010131
380–3800 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 869
34 14.5 15
SW 24
7
input
61
35
260
36 11 SW 24
Splitter
86010101, 86010103, 86010105
694–3800 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 871
86010105
86010105
34 26 15
SW 24
7
input
61
35
64.5 260
36 25
86010104
SW 24
Accessories (order separately)
input
54
Input
86010150
Input
Tapper
86010136, 86010137, 86010138
694–2700 MHz
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 873
Environmental conditions: IP 52
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 874
P1
P2
Input
86010150
Tapper
86010150, 86010151, 86010152
694–2700 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 875
P1
Input
86020138
Tapper
86020136, 86020137, 86020138
694–2700 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 877
Environmental conditions: IP 65
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 878
78211055 78211056
• 7-16 connectors
• combines the performance of a standard Bias Tee with the function of an additional
modem (AISG standard) in order to provide either DC voltage as well as remote
control signals via an RF feeder cable to a TMA or RCU
• provides low RF signal insertion loss from port 1 to port 2 and vice versa
• protection against static discharge and lightning ensures a high level of reliability
and operational safety
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 879
78211055 78211056
Port 1 Port 1
BTS Antenna
Port 2 Port 2
Feeder Feeder
78211055 78211056
Type No.
+8 ... +32 VDC / BTS +8 ... +32 VDC / Antenna
+8 ... 32 VDC (DC on pin6) version for +8 ... 32 VDC (DC on pin6) version
use near the BTS, in order to for use near the antenna, in order to
feed-in DC voltage and RCU control control an RCU (only required if no
signals into a feeder cable TMA is in use)
Port 1: 7-16 male BTS Antenna
Port 2: 7-16 female Feeder Feeder
Abbreviations:
RCU = Remote Control Unit for remote electrical control of
antenna tilt
BTS = Base Transceiver Station
TMA = Tower Mounted Amplifier
AISG = Antenna Interface Standards Group
Port 1 = Port for BTS or for Antenna
Port 2 = Port for Feeder Cable
Port DC/RCU = Port for DC voltage and Remote Control Unit signals
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 880
Port 1
(BTS)
Pin connections:
78211055 78211056
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 881
Dimensional [mm]
78211055
78211056
Please note:
The Smart Bias Tees are designed to operate under the environmental conditions as described in ETS 300 019-1-4 class 4.1 E and have passed environmental tests as recommended in
ETS 300 019-2-4.
The installation team must be properly qualified and also be familiar with the relevant national safety regulations.
78211592 78211593
• 4.3-10 connectors
• combines the performance of a standard Bias Tee with the function of an additional
modem (AISG standard) in order to provide either DC voltage as well as remote
control signals via an RF feeder cable to a TMA or RCU
• provides low RF signal insertion loss from port 1 to port 2 and vice versa.
• protection against static discharge and lightning ensures a high level of reliability
and operational safety
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 883
Port 1 Port 1
78211592 BTS 78211593
Antenna
Port 2
Port 2
Feeder
Feeder
Abbreviations:
RCU = Remote Control Unit for remote electrical control of antenna tilt
BTS = Base Transceiver Station
TMA = Tower Mounted Amplifier
AISG = Antenna Interface Standards Group
Port 1 = Port for BTS or for Antenna
Port 2 = Port for Feeder Cable
Port DC/ = Port for DC voltage and Remote Control Unit signals
RCU
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 884
Port 1
(Antenna)
78211593
78211592 78211592
Port 1
(BTS)
Pin connections:
78211592 78211593
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 885
Dimensional [mm]
78211592
78211593
Please note:
The Smart Bias Tees are designed to operate under the environmental conditions as described in ETS 300 019-1-4 class 4.1 E and have passed environmental tests as recommended in
ETS 300 019-2-4.
The installation team must be properly qualified and also be familiar with the relevant national safety regulations.
No lateral pressure may be placed on the Smart Bias Tee when mounting directly on an antenna.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 886
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 887
Technical Specifications
RIU 4.3−10
Product Name RIU 7−16 RIU 4.3−10
Integrated Cables
Product Number KRC 115 032/6 KRC 115 032/5 KRC 115 032/7
Radio Performance
Electrical Specifications **
Input voltage V DC 10 to 32
Dimensions (H × W x D) mm 95 × 82 × 38 95 × 82 × 38 95 × 82 × 38
Weight 1.0
kg 0.9 0.9
(including cables)
Connectors
Environmental Specifications **
IP class IP67
* Typical values
** Common values for all variants
The RET Interface Unit (RIU) is needed for RET control when AISG signaling + DC is fed through the feeder system. The RIU converts the
modulated signals from the feeder to a RS-485 signal, and vice versa. The RS-485 can handle external RET devices and potentially other
AISG devices.
System Integration
This Ericsson product has been system verified together with Ericsson RBSs and Ericsson Antenna Line Devices to ensure high system
performance. Power, AISG control, and supervision has also been verified.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 888
Radio Modem
Unit - Smart Bias Tee
KRC 115 108/1
617–2690 MHz | 10-32VDC integrated cables
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 889
Technical Specifications
Radio Performance
Electrical Specifications
Input voltage V DC 10 to 32
Dimensions (H × W x D) mm 95 × 82 × 38
Environmental Specifications
IP class IP67
* Typical values
The Ericsson Radio Modem Unit (RMU) with 4.3-10 connectors has integrated jumper and ALD cable which makes it easy to install.
The RMU is used for superimposing AISG signals + DC onto the RF feeder line from an
RS-485 interface when the radio (for example Radio 2219) does not support AISG + DC
on the RF ports.
There are three main scenarios when the RMU is needed when used together with radios that have a separate RS-485 port for
antenna system control:
System Integration
This Ericsson product has been system verified together with Ericsson RBSs
and Ericsson Antenna Line Devices to ensure high system performance. Power,
AISG control, and
supervision has also been verified.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 890
DC Stop
78210850V01
250–2700 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 891
Port 2
Port 2
Port 1
70.4 32
78210850
M29x1.5
DC - Stop
250–2700 MHz
39.5
Isolation
DC Stop
Port 1 ↔ Port 2
> 23 dB (AISG 2.176 MHz)
< 1.5 (250 - 380 MHz)
VSWR < 1.25 (380 - 690 MHz)
< 1.1 (690 - 2700 MHz)
Impedance 50 Ω
Input power < 750 W (250 - 2700 MHz)
Intermodulation products < -160 dBc (3rd order; with 2 x 20 W)
Temperature range -40 ... +70 °C
Connectors
Port 1 7-16 male
Port 2 7-16 female
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 67)
Weight 0.32 kg
70.4 mm x 39.5 mm x 32 mm
Dimensions (w x h x d)
(including connectors and earthing screw of 6 mm diameter)
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 892
DC Stop
78211000
250–3800 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 893
DC Stop is used in dual- or multi-band antenna Antenna Antenna div Antenna Antenna div
systems where one or more antenna systems 1800 MHz 1800 MHz 2600 MHz 2600 MHz
require a DC supply for an installed mast head
amplifier. The DC Stop prevents DC voltage from
being shorted within the non-biased antenna
system(s) and isolates the corresponding base
station output(s) from DC voltage.
AISG-DTMA
DC stop DC stop
78211000 78211000
Feeder cable
Feeder cable
Port 2
Port 1
Port 3 Port 3
Dual-Band Dual-Band
Combiner Combiner
1800 / 2600 1800 / 2600
Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2
DC/AISG
Tx / Rx Tx / Rx Tx / Rx Tx / Rx
div div
BTS BTS
1800 MHz 2600 MHz
Technical Data
Attenuator
78210891, 78210892,
78210893, 78210894
15 W | 0–4000 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 895
50 Ohm Load
78410367
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 897
50 Ohm Load
78210484
2 W | 0-6000 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 899
50 Ohm Load
78211760, 78211761,
78211762, 78211763
25 W / 50 W | 690–5800 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 901
Dimensions [mm]
Kuppler 4.3-10
25 W - version Jack (f) 4.3-10
78211761
101,8
64,8
108,5
157,6
40
59
74
Kuppler 4.3-10
50 W - version Jack (f) 4.3-10
78211763
110,5
64,8
121,5
170,6
40
59
95,7
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 903
50 Ohm Load
78210473
80 W | 380–3800 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 904
Technical Data
Note:
The RF port connector should always point downwards if mounted outdoors.
The max. power rating increases or decreases with falling or rising ambient temperature and depending on horizontal or
vertical mounting in accordance with the following table:
+55 °C 50 W 60 W
+40 °C 70 W 80 W
+25 °C 90 W 100 W
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 905
Accessories (order separately) Mast mounting with Clamp set 734360 ... 734365
49,7
41,5
28,8
7 Picture similar
Kuppler 4.3-10 15
Jack (f) 4.3-10
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 906
50 Ohm Load
78210475
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 907
Technical Data
Note:
The RF port connector should always point downwards if mounted outdoors.
The input power rating of 150 W is specified at an ambient temperature of +40 °C with the combiner mounted vertically, without additional
cooling, and while respecting the safety standard EN IEC 60950 (max. surface temperature +90 °C).
The max. power rating increases or decreases with falling or rising ambient temperature and depending on horizontal or vertical mounting in
accordance with the following table:
Max. ambient
Max. ambient
temperature
temperature
+55 °C °C +55 °C
+55 80 W
50 W 50 W
60 100
W W
60 W
+40 °C 70 W 80 W
+40 °C °C
+40 110
70 WW 80 W W
150
+25 °C 90 W 100 W
+25 °C °C
+25 150W
90 W 100180
W W
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 908
Dimensions
106,5
116,5
62,5
58
48
6,8
60 44,8
319
235
339
240
25,5
Kuppler 7-16
Jack (f) 7-16
40
Erdungsschraube M8
Grounding screw M8 59
235
TX Monitor N Connector
KRY 101 1955/1
698–2200 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 910
The TX Monitor with N connector is used to monitor TX signals on aradio unit without affecting operation.
It is designed for low insertion loss and operates in the frequency range 698 – 2200 MHz with good directivity.
The TX Monitor with N connector is easy to install and designed for outdoor environmental conditions.
Technical Specifications
Electrical Specifications
Directivity dB > 20
Mechanical Specifications
Weight g 130
Environmental Specifications
Product Safety International (CB): IEC 60950-1, IEC 60950-22 Europe (CE): EN 60950-1, EN 60950-22 North
America (ETL): UL 60950-1, UL 60950-22, CAN/CSA - C22.2 No. 60950-1, CAN/CSA - C22.2
No 60950-22
* Typical values
** Complete coupling factor table see Quick Guide
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 911
TX Monitor
4.3-10 Connector
KRY 101 1957/1
698–2200 MHz
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Electrical Accessories 912
The TX Monitor with N connector is used to monitor TX signals on aradio unit without affecting operation.
It is designed for low insertion loss and operates in the frequency range 600 – 3800 MHz with good directivity.
The TX Monitor with N connector is easy to install and designed for outdoor environmental conditions.
Technical Specifications
Electrical Specifications
Intermodulation dB > 20
Mechanical Specifications
Weight g 150
RF Connectors Through part: 4.3-10 (screw m) to 4.3-10 (f) Coupler part: SMA (f)
Environmental Specifications
Product Safety International (CB): IEC 60950-1, IEC 60950-22 Europe (CE): EN 60950-1, EN 60950-22 North
America (ETL): UL 60950-1, UL 60950-22,
CAN/CSA - C22.2 No. 60950-1, CAN/CSA - C22.2 No 60950-22
* Typical values
** Complete coupling factor table see Quick Guide
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 913
Mounting Accessories
Clamps
Mounting Accessories
Downtilt Kits
Offsets
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 915
Mounting Accessories
Other Accessories
Mounting Configurations
XM/XH
Windload
Type Pole Diameter in mm Type No. Remark Page
Classification
Clamp
light / medium ∅ 28–60 731651
∅ 42–115 738546
light / medium / heavy
∅ 110–220 85010002 920
∅ 210–380 85010003
∅ 88.9 K742317
light / medium
∅ 114.3 742033
930
∅ 139.7 742034
∅ 114.3 85010058
heavy
∅ 139.7 85010059
Windload
Type Pole Diameter in mm Type No. Remark Page
Classification
Azimuth Adjustment Kit
light / medium 85010014
pole mounting
950
adjustment angle ±30°
heavy 85010015
pole mounting
XH (X-Heavy) 85010098 952
adjustment angle ±30°
Offset
light / medium 85010060
954
heavy 85010061 increases clearance
between pole and
XM (X-Medium) SXA 216 3025/1 antenna 956
∅ 110–220 85010103
max. Panel
XH (X-Heavy) 966
width 378
∅ 210–380 85010108
Mechanical
Integration
Kit (MIK) for Nokia MAA and
85010213V01 antennas with panel 968
width of 448 mm
New product
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 919
Downtilt Kit
Uptilt Joint
Clamp XM
85010111
85010096
85010097
85010101
85010110
85010099
85010112
85010102
85010104
85010098
85010103
85010108
Clamp XH
3-Sector
XM/XH
Offset
Offset
XM
XM
XH
XH
85010111
Clamp XM – – P X P – P X X –
85010096
85010097
85010101
Clamp XH
– – P P P – P P P –
85010110
Downtilt Kit XM
P P – – P P 1) X X X P
85010099
Downtilt Kit XH X P – – P P 1) X X X P
85010112
Uptilt Joint XM/XH
P P P P – P 1) X X X P
85010102
3-Sector Clamp Kit XH – – P P P 1) 1) 1) – P P P 1) 1) 1) X
85010104
Offset XH X P X X X P 1) X – X X
85010098
Azimuth Adjustment XH X P X X X P 1) X X – X
P P P
85010103
85010108
2-Panel Mounting Kit XH
– – X X X X –
XM Antenna
P P P P P P P P P P 2) 2) 2)
XH Antenna X P X P P P X P P P
1) The use of Downtilt Kit XM / XH in combination with Offset XH / Azimuth Adjustment XH is strictly forbidden
P OK 2) With Clamp XH / Accessories XH / Antenna XM
X Not allowed
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 920
Clamp L/M/H
731651, 738546, 85010212,
85010002, 85010003
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 921
Clamps
A
E
I Nuts MA = G
C
F
B
∅D
Nuts M8 => MA = 12 Nm
K
H
Type No. A B C D E F G H I K
731651 116 mm 40 mm 40 mm 28–60 mm 93 mm 25–28 mm 20 Nm 84 mm – 64 mm
738546 152 mm 40 mm 40 mm 42–115 mm 93 mm 20–26 mm 25 Nm 125 mm 72 mm 64 mm
85010212 174 mm 50 mm 50 mm 55–115 mm 104 mm 30–34 mm 35 Nm 126 mm 72 mm –
85010002 280 mm 100 mm 50 mm 110–220 mm 93 mm 47–55 mm 35 Nm 240 mm 72 mm 64 mm
85010003 442 mm 150 mm 50 mm 210–380 mm 150 mm 48–68 mm 35 Nm 392 mm 72 mm 64 mm
Clamp XM
85010111
pole diameter 55–115 mm
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 923
Clamps 55–115mm XM
mm 55 – 115
Suitable for mast diameter
inches 2.2 – 4.5
E Torque
MA = 40 Nm
Torque
MA = 30 Nm
F
∅C
Attention!
Square of the screw must be
positioned in the square hole
before tightening the nut.
D F
A B
A B C D E F
Clamp XH
85010096
pole diameter 55–115 mm
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 925
mm 55 – 115
Suitable for mast diameter
inches 2.2 – 4.5
1 x lower clamp
Scope of supply
1 x upper clamp
• Clamp Hot-dip galvanized steel
Material • Screws Hot-dip galvanized steel
• Nuts Stainless steel
kg 5.0
Weight
lb 11.0
Torque
MA = 40 Nm
F
Torque
MA = 40 Nm
upper clamp
H
∅D
Torque
MA = 40 Nm
E G H Torque
MA = 40 Nm
A B C
lower clamp
G
1)
Attention!
Square of the screw must be
positioned in the square hole
before tightening the nut.
2)
All nuts have the same
wrench size 17.
A B C D E F G H
Clamp XH
85010097
pole diameter 110–220 mm
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 927
Clamp
1 x lower clamp
Scope of supply
1 x upper clamp
Torque
MA = 40 Nm
upper clamp
H
∅D
Torque
MA = 40 Nm
E G H
A B C
Torque
lower clamp upper clamp MA = 40 Nm
lower clamp
G
Torque 1)
MA = 40 Nm
Attention!
Square of the screw must be
positioned in the square hole
before tightening the nut.
2)
All nuts have the same
wrench size 17.
A B C D E F G H
Clamp XH
85010101
pole diameter 210–380 mm
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 929
mm 210 – 380
Suitable for mast diameter
inches 8.27 – 14.96
1 x upper clamp
Scope of supply
1 x lower clamp
• Clamp Hot-dip galvanized steel
Material • Screws Hot-dip galvanized steel
• Nuts Stainless steel
kg 14.6
Weight
lb 32.2
J
Torque
MA = 40 Nm Torque
MA = 40 Nm
upper clamp
H
D
∅
Torque Torque
MA = 40 Nm MA = 40 Nm
lower clamp
G
F G H
E B C 1)
Attention!
A lower clamp upper clamp Square of the screw must be
positioned in the square hole
before tightening the nut.
2)
All nuts have the same
wrench size 17.
A B C D E F G H J
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 931
E Torque
M8
3 sector clamp MA = 25 Nm
F
°
t
60
D ou
B
A
G
C
ax
Hm
Torque
MA = 7 Nm
Mounting support clamp
Bottom view without downtilt kit
Weight
Type No. A B C D E F G Hmax
kg | lb
K742263 88.9 | 3.5 65 | 2.6 180 | 7.1 168 | 6.6 64 | 2.5 50 | 2.0 45 | 1.8 280 | 11.0 2.5 | 5.5
K742317 88.9 | 3.5 88 |3.5 213 | 8.4 199 | 7.8 64 | 2.5 50 | 2.0 45 | 1.8 361 | 14.2 4 | 8.8
742033 114.3 | 4.5 92 | 3.6 217 | 8.5 207 | 8.1 64 | 2.5 50 | 2.0 45 | 1.8 377 |14.8 4 | 8.8
742034 139.7 | 5.5 100 | 3.9 236 | 9.3 228 | 9.0 64 | 2.5 50 | 2.0 45 | 1.8 400 | 1.57 4 | 8.8
85010058 114.3 | 4.5 92 | 3.6 217 | 8.5 207 | 8.1 72 | 2.8 50 | 2.0 45 | 1.8 377 | 14.8 4 | 8.8
85010059 139.7 | 5.5 100 | 3.9 236 | 9.3 228 | 9.0 72 | 2.8 50 | 2.0 45 | 1.8 400 | 15.7 4 | 8.8
All dimensions in mm | inches.
Dout is determined by mounted components.
Please note: Panels with connector position “Rearside” fit only with downtilt kit, azimuth adjustment kit or
offset mounted in-between.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 932
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 933
Material
• 3 sector clamp Hot-dip galvanized steel
• Mounting support clamp Aluminum Torque
• Screws / threaded stud Hot-dip galvanized steel MA = 25 Nm
B
Weight kg | lb 14.5 | 31.9
C
150 | 5.9 Torque
.8 MA = 7 Nm
.1 |5 Mounting
147 support clamp
147.1 | 5.8
3 sector clamp
°
60
Torque
316.4 | 12.5
MA = 25 Nm
A
Dimensions mm inches
E A ∅ 114.3 ∅ 4.5
G
B 62 2.4
C 45 1.8
D max. 596 max. 23.5
E ∅ 1005 ∅ 39.6
F max. 488 max. 19.2
G ∅ 797 ∅ 31.4
Bottom view with offset Bottom view without offset All dimensions in mm | inches
Please note:
Panels with connector position “Rearside” fit only with downtilt kit, azimuth adjustment kit or offset mounted
in-between.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 934
Tension Band
734360, 734364, 734365
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 935
Please note:
Only usable without downtilt kit!
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 936
Downtilt Kit L
732327
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 937
M8 Nm 20
M8
64 | 2.5
∅ 8.5 | 3.3
230 | 9.1
Mounting this downtilt kit enlarges the spacing between mast and antenna by a
minimum of 42 mm | 1.7 inches.
Use the downtilt kit together with the clamps as described in the antenna data
sheet.
The downtilt kit can also be used for uptilting the antenna.
64 | 2.5
45
∅ 8.5 | 3.3
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 939
Downtilt kit for Panel antennas with wind load category L/M. M8
M8
M8 Nm 20
M12 Nm 50
M8
336 | 13.2
Mounting this downtilt kit enlarges the spacing between mast and antenna by a
minimum of 70 mm | 2.8 inches.
Use the downtilt kit together with the clamps as described in the antenna data
sheet.
The downtilt kit can also be used for uptilting the antenna.
64 | 2.5
50
∅ 8.5 | 3.3
Downtilt Kit H
85010009
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 941
Downtilt kit for Panel antennas with wind load category H. M10
M8 Nm 20
M10 Nm 50 Downtilt kit Downtilt kit
M12 Nm 85 used for used for
downtilt uptilt
After the adjustment has been completed, all loosened bolts must be tightened.
305 | 12
Mounting this downtilt kit enlarges the spacing between mast and antenna by a
minimum of 100 mm | 3.9 inches.
Use the downtilt kit together with the clamps as described in the antenna data
sheet.
M12
The downtilt kit can also be used for uptilting the antenna.
169 | 6.6
152 | 6
Downtilt Kit XM
85010110
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 943
Downtilt kit for Panel antennas with wind load category XM (X-Medium).
M10
M10 Nm 50
M12 Nm 85
Use the downtilt kit together with the clamps as described in the antenna data
sheet.
The downtilt kit can also be used for uptilting the antenna with an angle up to 278 | 10.9
max. 6°.
314 | 12.4
4)
2)
150 | 5.9
11 | 0.4
Downtilt Kit XH
85010099
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 945
Downtilt kit for Panel antennas with wind load category XH (X-Heavy).
M10
Type No. 85010099
M10 Nm 50
M12 Nm 85
1)
150 | 5.9
5) 1) 104 | 4.1
2) 37 | 1.5
3) 69 | 2.7
4) 17 | 0.7
5) ∅ 11 | 0.4
150 | 5.9 6) 4 | 0.2 for 0° downtilt
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 947
kg 2.5
Weight
lb 5.5
Material Hot-dip galvanized steel
Attention: Always make sure, that the used mounting accessories fit to the
windload category of the antenna to be mounted. It is NOT permitted to use a XM-
clamp for a XH-antenna in combination with this uptilt joint.
Scope of supply: One uptilt joint (downtilt kit, clamps etc. need to be
ordered separately)
22 | 0.9
104 | 4.1
(@ 0° tilt)
14 | 0.6
150 | 5.9
142 | 5.6
11 | 0.4
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 949
A B
90°
C
D
85010512 85010513
Azimuth Adjustment
Kits L/M/H
85010014, 85010015,
85010016, 85010017
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 951
Detail
358
308±1
Distance B
see table
MA
62±0.5
109
46
104
50
86
∅ 15
43
14
±0.5
180±1 106
The azimuth adjustment kit for pole mounting can be mounted with all suitable clamps, 3-Sector clamps and 2x Panel mounting kits
(with the latter only as an interface between mounting kit and antenna).
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 953
Clamp
Torque
MA = 40 Nm
upper clamp
(40)
E
1)
Torque
MA = 70 Nm
F (20) (40)
D B C
A Torque
lower clamp upper clamp
MA = 40 Nm
lower clamp
(20)
1)
Attention!
Do not remove the self-locking nut.
For the azimuth adjustment range loosen only
the self-locking nut (one or two rotations) and
afterwards tighten it with a torque MA = 70 Nm.
A B C D E F
Offset L/M/H
85010060, 85010061
• Increases distance to pole by 90 mm | 3.6 inches
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 955
104
77
42
A 90
Weight
Type No. Description Mast diameter Units per antenna
approx.
731651 1 clamp 28 – 64 mm 0.8 kg 2
738546 1 clamp 42 – 115 mm 1.1 kg 2
85010002 1 clamp 110 – 220 mm 2.9 kg 2
85010003 1 clamp 210 – 380 mm 4.8 kg 2
742263 2 x 3 sector clamp 88.9 mm 4.0 kg 1
742317 2 x 3 sector clamp 88.9 mm 4.0 kg 1
742033 2 x 3 sector clamp 114.3 mm 4.0 kg 1
742034 2 x 3 sector clamp 139.7 mm 4.0 kg 1
85010061
Weight
Type No. Description Mast diameter Units per antenna
approx.
738546 1 clamp 42 – 115 mm 1.1 kg 2
85010002 1 clamp 110 – 220 mm 2.9 kg 2
85010003 1 clamp 210 – 380 mm 4.8 kg 2
85010058 2 x 3 sector clamp 114.3 mm 4.0 kg 1
85010059 2 x 3 sector clamp 139.7 mm 4.0 kg 1
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 956
Offset XM
SXA 216 3025/1
• Increases distance to pole by 60 mm | 2.4 inches
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 957
Please use the offset in combination with clamps corresponding to the pole diameter.
238 | 9.4
60 | 23.6
102 | 40.2
142 | 55.9
Remarks Weight
Type No. Description Units per antenna
mm | inches approx. kg | lb
85010102 3 Sector Clamp XH Mast diameter: 114.3 | 4.5 14.5 | 31.9 1 kit
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 958
Offset XH
85010104
• Increases distance to pole by 90 mm | 3.6 inches
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 959
Please use the offset in combination with clamps corresponding to the pole
diameter.
134.5 | 5.3
90 | 3.5
90 | 3.5
150 | 5.9 150 | 5.9
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 961
90 | 3.5
72 | 2.8
10 | 0.4
2x ∅ 9 | 0.35
65.2 | 2.6
118 | 4.6
75 | 3.0
38 | 1.5
4x | 0.35
∅9
Use the 2 x Panel Mounting Kit together with the following mounting accessories For a three sector panel arrange
Remarks Units per ment, use the mounting kit
Type No. Description
mm | inches antenna type no. 742113 together with
731651 Clamp L Mast diameter: 28–60 | 1.1–2.4 2 the three sector clamp 742317,
738546 Clamp L/M/H Mast diameter: 4 –115 | 1.7–4.5 2 742033 or 742034.
85010002 Clamp L/M/H Mast diameter: 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 2 Three sector clamp 742263 does
85010003 Clamp L/M/H Mast diameter: 210–380 | 8.3–15.0 2 not match.
85010060 Offset L/M in combination with the clamps 2
737978 Downtilt kit Downtilt angle: 1
L/M depending on antenna height
If a downtilt kit is used, please choose the fitting one from the antenna data sheet.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 962
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 963
442
18.5 330
5
threaded bolts M8
60
35 A 64 A
72
0
R5
0
22
R5
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 965
517
18.5 405
5
∅9
58
threaded bolts M8
34 72 72 72
Torque 1
Type No. 85010103 85010108
A A G
C
B
K
A A
J
E
F H
Type A B C D E F G H I J K
mm 150 39 6 68 24 625 242 420 25 173 54
85010103
inches 5.91 1.54 0.24 2.68 0.84 24.61 9.53 16.54 0.98 6.81 2.13
mm 150 39 6 68 24 625 392 420 25 221 102
85010108
inches 5.91 1.54 0.24 2.68 0.84 24.61 14.43 16.54 0.98 8.7 4.02
Please note: Kathrein does not recommend to use counter nuts.
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 969
Preferred range of use • Integration of massive MIMO adaptive antenna (MAA) with a 448 platform antenna
• Panel antennas with attached mounting plates
MAA Compatibility Compatible with Nokia 5G NR MAA in band n78,
i.e. AEQB, AEQE, AEQP, AEQQ and AEQC.
For compatibility of further Nokia MAA please c ontact your Nokia representative.
Wind loaded (at Rated Frontal: 450 |101
N | lbf
Wind Speed: 150 km/h) Maximal: 545 |123
Max. Wind Velocity km/h 241
mph 150
Weight 13.6 | 30.0 excl. windshield
kg | lb 16.6 | 36.6 incl. windshield
23.6 | 52.0 incl. windshield, clamps, spacer
Packing size mm | in 1183 x 513 x 380 | 46.6 x 20.2 x 15.0
Attention: This MIK is only compatible to 448 platform antennas
Scope of supply
MIK Radome and windshield
(windshield only needed for installation without active
antenna)
Clamps 2 units of clamps for 55-115 mm | 2.2-4.5 inches diameter
Spacer 2 spacers for passive antenna to get aligned with MIK
Accessories
Weight
Mast diameter Units per
Type No. Description approx.
mm | inches antenna
kg | lb
85010097 2 clamps 110–220 | 4.3–8.7 9.7 | 20.7 1
350 | 13.8
305 | 12.0 178 | 7.0
1)
464 | 18.3
495 | 19.5
375 | 14.8
375 | 14.8
1052 | 41.4
2)
3)
4)
1) 38 | 1.5
2) 150 | 5.9
3) 142 | 5.6
4) 22 | 0.9
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 971
Ericsson offers a series of pole mounting kits for Ericsson canister antennas. Mounting kits are
available to secure Ericsson antennas to the top of existing wood, metal, or concrete poles. These
mounts are engineered to support these 2’ tall, multi-band antennas in extreme environments.
Depending on the type of pole the antenna is being mounted to, the Ericsson pole mount kits come in
two different colours (brown or grey).
Type Number Colour Pole Diameter Type Number Colour Pole Diameter
84040600 Brown Standard 84040602 Brown Wide
84040601 Grey Standard 84040603 Grey Wide
Standard Pole Diameter is defined as 5.00” to 8.37” Wide Pole Diameter is defined as 5.25” to 14.12”
Canister Antenna
Antenna Sleeve
Shroud Shroud
Brackets Brackets
Cable Containment
Shroud
EXPLODED VIEW
Shipping Specifications
19.5 in Length 19.5 in
15.25 in Width 15.25 in
34 in Height 34 in
40 lbs Weight 45 lbs
All kits include the pole top mount brackets, cantenna sleeve, and cable concealment shroud.
Ericsson recommends using the standard pole top mount when possible due to the decreased shroud
and mount size. The smaller size provides for better aesthetics.
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 972
Protection Cap
81610014
• Protection cap IP68 for 7-16 female connectors
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 973
Material ABS PC
Weight g 3
lb 0.007
Height mm 16
in 0.63
Diameter mm 32
in 1.26
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 974
Protection Cap
78211293
• Protection cap IP68 for 7-16 female connectors
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 975
Protection Cap
78211297
• Protection cap IP 68 for 4.3-10 female connectors
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 977
Material metal
Application Indoor or outdoor (IP 68)
Temperature range °C | °F −55 ... +90 | −67 ... +194
Weight g | lb 27.9 | 0.062
Diameter mm | in 24.8 | 0.97
Height mm | in 17.3 | 0.68
Max. torque tightening Nm 5
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 978
ericsson.com/antenna-system
Ericsson Antenna System | Catalogue 2021 | Mounting Accessories 979
Type No. Page Type No. Page Type No. Page Type No. Page
Type No. Page Type No. Page Type No. Page Type No. Page
Type No. Page Type No. Page Type No. Page Type No. Page
Type No. Page Type No. Page Type No. Page Type No. Page